Changes to pacman mean that -Sp can be called without root permissions
and '-d' needs passed twice to completely ignore dependencies.
Signed-off-by: Karol Błażewicz <karol.blazewicz at gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
'-q' means "Exit as soon as each specified pattern or filename has
been matched." There is no reason to keep reading the whole package
from the cache when the install script has already been printed to
stdout.
Signed-off-by: Karol Błażewicz <karol.blazewicz at gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Given a revoked keyring containing only:
BC1FBE4D2826A0B51E47ED62E2539214C6C11350
We should only disable this specific keyid. This change enforces that the
contents of the -revoked keyring file are full fingerprints which can uniquely
identify a key.
Before:
# pacman-key --populate archlinux
==> Appending keys from archlinux.gpg...
==> Locally signing trusted keys in keyring...
-> Locally signing key 0E8B644079F599DFC1DDC3973348882F6AC6A4C2...
-> Locally signing key 684148BB25B49E986A4944C55184252D824B18E8...
-> Locally signing key 44D4A033AC140143927397D47EFD567D4C7EA887...
-> Locally signing key 27FFC4769E19F096D41D9265A04F9397CDFD6BB0...
-> Locally signing key AB19265E5D7D20687D303246BA1DFB64FFF979E7...
==> Importing owner trust values...
==> Disabling revoked keys in keyring...
-> Disabling key 1390420191...
-> Disabling key E2539214C6C11350...
-> Disabling key 8544EA82113502DE...
==> Updating trust database...
gpg: next trustdb check due at 2014-01-22
After:
# pacman-key --populate archlinux
==> Appending keys from archlinux.gpg...
==> Locally signing trusted keys in keyring...
-> Locally signing key 0E8B644079F599DFC1DDC3973348882F6AC6A4C2...
-> Locally signing key 684148BB25B49E986A4944C55184252D824B18E8...
-> Locally signing key 44D4A033AC140143927397D47EFD567D4C7EA887...
-> Locally signing key 27FFC4769E19F096D41D9265A04F9397CDFD6BB0...
-> Locally signing key AB19265E5D7D20687D303246BA1DFB64FFF979E7...
==> Importing owner trust values...
==> Disabling revoked keys in keyring...
-> Disabling key BC1FBE4D2826A0B51E47ED62E2539214C6C11350...
==> Updating trust database...
gpg: next trustdb check due at 2014-01-22
Partially addresses FS#35478. This does nothing to confirm whether or not the
key was successfully disabled -- a ridiculously simple request which appears to
be far too difficult for gpg to manage.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Currently we make no effort to validate the %FILENAME% field in the
repo db. This allows for relative paths to be considered valid.
A carefully crafted db entry with a malicious relative path,
(e.g. `../../../../etc/passwd`) will cause pacman to to
overwrite _any_ file on the target's machine.
Add the following validation:
- doesn't start with '.'
- doesn't contain a '/'
- won't overflow PATH_MAX
Signed-off-by: Simon Gomizelj <simongmzlj@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Adding this restriction means we can filter any FILENAME entry from
starting with a "/" or a ".". Use the term "dot" as it is more
computing relevant compared to "full stop" or "period" which vary
depending on English locale.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
imporve -> improve
diskspace -> disk space
BTRFS -> Btrfs
filelists -> file lists
filesize -> file size
Signed-off-by: Jason St. John <jstjohn@purdue.edu>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
If LOGDEST is set, we may not check that $startdir is writable. Store
the log pipe in LOGDEST instead.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
su is terribad. In addition to reverting, this also removes support for
privilege escalation via su. If you want to use paccache as root and
fail to comprehend how much better sudo is than su, then run paccache
directly via su.
Fixes FS#35173.
This reverts commit 597286eb25.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
bzr support "worked", but didn't handle any of the actual features we
wanted with makepkg. This moves the revision specification to the proper
place (extraction, rather than download), and fixes an additional broken
reference to $repo which was never set.
Fixes FS#35281.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Flush stream before taking input in select_question() and only flush
once during question(). Also fix some tabs inside related fprintf
statements.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
If stdout is already redirected, redirecting stderr to stdout can lead
to undesirable results.
Fixes FS#34974.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
We currently use the pacman version number in the libalpm.pc file. It makes
more sense to use the libalpm version.
Fixes FS#34967.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Avoids problems with one of the worst CLI tools ever created, su.
Fixes FS#34656.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Copy SVN repos rather than using "svn export" to keep all anotation
files in the repo for build scripts that use (e.g.) "svin info".
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Using the checkout directory for the SVN config can result in clashes
between config files and files from the SVN checkout. Instead, use
a ".makepkg" directory within the checkout.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Add support for all bzr URLs, including "lp:" URLs, in the source array.
This, however, requires an internet connection and will fall back to the
current behavior for offline builds. In that case, only the URL reported
by 'bzr config parent_location' run inside the local repo can be used,
and is outputted.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Gauduin <alucryd@gmail.com>
remove_deps already has a check and won't run unless -r is specified, so
if this was meant to remove dependencies of a failure no matter what,
then it's not doing it, and with -r it is run twice on a failure for no
real reason.
Signed-off-by: William Giokas <1007380@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
if you put a type in pacman -Ss <regex> it doesn't work because it never
passes through they pointer ->sync_search to set $state. All of the
other iterations like this have a case, add one for -S*s*
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
size went from off_t in _display_targets to int in
add_transaction_sizes and back to off_t in humanize_size
leading to potential overflows.
Fixes FS#34616.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Bug exposed by a6291858cc
popd doesn't run in the for loop in download_sources() if the continue
in download_files is executed. Causing the extract_files to extract
everything into $SRCDEST instead of $srcdir
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Add details to the doxygen for the initialization and relase functions
of the library.
Signed-off-by: Richard Pougnet <richard@pougnet.ca>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
grep allows options to be set from the environment with GREP_OPTIONS.
Many of these options will alter grep's output, breaking makepkg.
GREP_OPTIONS=--line-number breaks installed dependency removal, for
instance.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Using white made important text invisible on terminals with white
backgrounds.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
When VCS sources were updated, we changed into their root directory.
Any following source was then downloaded to an incorrect place causing
a failure in makepkg. Ensure we are always in the $SRCDEST directory
before starting any download.
Fixes FS#34488.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Check all options are included in bash-completion. Alphabetize the
pacman_key options for easier maintenance.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
The tmp variable is conflicting with the $tmp variable in
${^fpath}/_main_complete(N) and which is used to complete all the
functions, and causing an error: command not found: for whatever was in
$tmp (which in this case is the last value in $words[@])
making it local fixes this.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Wallace <danielwallace@gtmanfred.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Be complete with files listed. Comment out files where code is used
or heavily based on other projects so will never have translatable
strings.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
I imported this translation from transifex without realising that there
was no strings translated despite being "acitve" on transifex for quite
some time. Remove it until translation begins...
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
The Arch web site now redirects to https links for all subdomains, so it
makes sense to use these links in the docs for pacman. Links were
changed to use https for a couple other sites that support it as well,
such as gnu.org and kernel.org.
Signed-off-by: Jason St. John <jstjohn@purdue.edu>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
We shouldn't assume a frontend program didn't explicitly set the LC_TIME
setting to a value not in the environment, which is what we previously
assumed. Save the old locale before forcing the 'C' locale and restore
it when we are done.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
We should save the current locale, use the 'C' locale during parsing,
then restore the original locale. Config files should always parse
regardless of the current user's locale setting. Fixes FS#34253.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
add all the longopts for the operations and allow for them to be
completed just like shortopts
Signed-off-by: Daniel Wallace <danielwallace@gtmanfred.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
include the flags that could be doubled up like -Sii -Syy -Suu -Qii etc
also include the long opts of all the commands
Signed-off-by: Daniel Wallace <danielwallace@gtmanfred.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
-i -y -u -d -s etc, so that they do not disappear
In the future I hope there is an easy way to limit it to just 2, right
now the *- makes it so that it can be added as many times as you want.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Wallace <danielwallace@gtmanfred.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Before this, if you do pacman -Sy<tab> it completes to -y. Now, with -S
and the other operations in the actual option _arguments, it won't
remove the operations.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Wallace <danielwallace@gtmanfred.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Quoting output substitutions makes whitespace errors such as FS#30101
much more obvious:
old:
missing perl-test-pod dependency for perl-test-output
new:
missing 'perl-test-pod ' dependency for 'perl-test-output'
Several of the quoted substitutions should not be capable of containing
whitespace in theory, but this errs on the side of caution as the point
of the tool is to find error conditions.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Passing the local package list to alpm_checkdeps as both the local
packages and packages to be upgraded did nothing but cause extra
overhead as the packages were all removed from the installed package
list because they were being upgraded.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Several tests require complete file lists in order to provide accurate
results. These can be non-obvious. Adding missing parent directories
helps insure the integrity of tests against human error. Filling in
parent directories also allows us to check that file lists are actually
valid.
There didn't seem to be a good place to do this that was always
guaranteed to be run, so this adds a finalize() function to packages
that will always be run before the package is actually used to allow for
this type of tidying.
Fixes FS#30723
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Because --noextract also implies to not download/verify source files, it wasn't
possible to simply do that, without either extracting and/or building.
(Note: --verifysource takes precedence over --noextract)
Signed-off-by: Olivier Brunel <i.am.jack.mail@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Make all VCS download functions uses get_filename to get the repo name.
In addition, creating a working directory from a Bazaar repository now shows
the short-name of the repository, not the full path on disk.
I'm not sure if the name of the variable that holds the basename of the local
clone should still be `repo`, but I have left the variable name for simplicity.
Signed-off-by: Neer Sighted <neersighted@myopera.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Previously makepkg would clone vcs sources in the download function,
regardless of the noextract settings. Now the download_* functions only
download or update the vcs sources, and the new extract_* functions just
create working copies using the specified protocols. The extract_sources
function will call the needed extract function for the protocol
specified. The tarball extraction has also been moved into its own
extract_file function to keep things consistent.
Signed-off-by: William Giokas <1007380@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Currently pacman either prints 'adding' or 'upgrading' when installing
a package. This make pacman print and log the other possible actions:
'downgrade' and 'reinstall'
Signed-off-by: Simon Gomizelj <simongmzlj@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
This also rearranges some code to ensure that declarations and code
aren't mixed.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Added an `ask` message function that emulates pacman's appearance.
Signed-off-by: William Giokas <1007380@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Color enabled by default, use --nocolor to disable colored output.
Signed-off-by: William Giokas <1007380@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Use --nocolor to suppress colored output from pacman-key, otherwise
output will be in color.
Signed-off-by: William Giokas <1007380@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Color enabled by default, use --nocolor to turn off colors.
Signed-off-by: William Giokas <1007380@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Use the same colors as makepkg in messages. Add in the 'plain' function
as well.
To use the colors, you need to include the term_colors.sh file, or add
definitions for the colors explicitly.
Signed-off-by: William Giokas <1007380@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Colours can be enabled in two ways:
- Add Color to pacman.conf. This enables colours automatically.
- Use --color=WHEN where WHEN is none/auto/always.
WHEN as 'never' disables colours (overrides config file), as 'auto'
enables colours when stdout is a tty, and 'always' enables colours no
matter what.
Signed-off-by: Simon Gomizelj <simongmzlj@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Remove the format component of the "Total Download Size" and related
messages. The heading will be colourized, the size won't.
However since the length of these messages can vary by language, we need
a pretty printer to format them nicely.
Signed-off-by: Simon Gomizelj <simongmzlj@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Basically all translation messages that need colouring but _also_ happen
to be format strings need to be split up.
This makes it easy to conditionally embed colour codes into the output
at runtime.
Signed-off-by: Simon Gomizelj <simongmzlj@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
This will substantially simplify the logic to add colours to messages.
Signed-off-by: Simon Gomizelj <simongmzlj@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Make makepkg use a recursive clone when creating the working directory.
This will initialize submodules
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Since 882bff36 literals would be searched before replacers, resulting in a
package being replaced by another not actually being replaced under certain
conditions (e.g. they're both in the same repo).
This change effectively reversed the expectations in test sync132. This patch
switches the order back to replacers first, thus making sure if a package is
replacing another one, the change will always happen, even if both are in the
same repo.
Note that a package replacing another one in a repo with higher priority will
not be done, see FS#11737 and test sync1105
Signed-off-by: Olivier Brunel <i.am.jack.mail@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
During a sysupgrade, if a package is replaced by another, and an update for the
former package is found (on another repo) the replaced package would be
re-installed.
Signed-off-by: Olivier Brunel <i.am.jack.mail@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Although technically correct, this results in my system taking ~30 seconds
to resolve all filelists when removing a package that has a directory not
owned by any package. The check for if any package own the empty directory
is a rare enough occurance, and it will be even rarer when that directory
has a directory symlink in its path, so just revert this at this stage.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
alpm_filelist_contains is listed in alpm.h and should be public but was
not exported.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Fix FS#31556 by printing filename instead of entryname. Thus,
removing a lot of confusion from the output.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Pacman currently bails when trying to extract a file over a directory
when using --force. Instead of ignoring all conflict, perform the
check and skip any file-file conflicts. Conflicts between directories
and files are still flagged and cause the transation to abort.
As a bonus, we now know about files changing packages when using
--force, so we can skip removing them fixing upgrade046.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
alpm_filelist_contains was being used to search for resolved paths, but
searching in the unresolved paths, causing it to miss matches. We
always search unresolved paths and search the resolved paths if
available because _alpm_filelist_resolve is not public and requires
a context handle, so it can't be called from alpm_filelist_contains.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
We were comparing files based on resolved paths but returning the
original file_t structures, which were not necessarily in the same
order. The extra file_t information was only being used to determine if
the file was a directory which can be accomplished by testing for
a trailing slash, so just return the resolved path.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
We were comparing files based on resolved paths but returning the
original file_t structures, which were not necessarily in the same
order. The additional file_t information was never used, so just return
the resolved path.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
alpm_filelist_intersection returns a list of pointers to internal file_t
struct's, so only the list itself should be freed.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Installing filesystem entries first allows the filesystem to provide
a symlink to a directory. Packages will then be able to use the symlink
as if it were a directory instead of causing an error.
For example:
self.filesystem = ["dir/", "link -> dir/"]
pkg = pmpkg("pkg1")
pkg.files = ["link/file"]
self.addpkg2db("local", pkg)
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Supported by libarchive as of version 3.1.0 when compiled against lzo2
or in the presence of the lzop binary.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Arch Linux typically runs into this with /sys when upgrading the
filesystem package in build chroots, but LXC users might also run into
this, since their /sys is shared from the host and must, for security
reasons, be mounted RO.
I've neglected to add any tests for this because they would require root
in order to run. Current tests all pass with this patch and I've
confirmed the desired behavior in a VM. Incidentally, the first hunk of
this patch (skipping can_remove_file checks for directories) resolves the
case of API mountpoints being removed since they eventually fall into
unlink_file and fail with "contains files". However, this patch should
still be the Right Thing To Do™, as we can't possibly remove a directory
that is also a mountpoint.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
[Allan] Do not skip checking if directories can be removed. Instead test
if directories are mountpoints in can_remove_file.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
We record whether the default SigLevel is set in order to add upon
it for the *FileSigLevel entries. When using the only valid value
of "SigLevel = Never" with non-gpgme builds, we need to ignore
the ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE_SET flag when determining if we have a valid
value for the database SigLevel.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
The gpgme detection had a couple of issues which are fixed:
1) In some cases it would not error out when gpgme was missing and
--with-gpgme was passed.
2) In some cases, the CFLAGS/LDFLAGS etc would not be properly
restored.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Fixes all clang warnings with -Wformat-literal.
Also, fix genuine formating issue discovered once adding these attributes
and add a cast to prevent a gcc warning.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
gcc gives an error on an unknown warning flag, but clang just gives a
warning. Upgrade the warning in clang to an error by activating
-Werror=unknown-warning-option if available.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
In makepkg, passing -sr --needed causes there to be a conflict when
pacman goes to remove the dependencies, as the --needed flag is not an
option for pacman -R. This patch makes --needed not get added to the
PACMAN_OPTS array, but it acts like ASDEPS, and is only added to an
install function.
Signed-off-by: William Giokas <1007380@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
This also lead me to notice that in _alpm_gpgme_checksig many things
were not being cleaned up. Fix this by having CHECK_ERR goto gpg_error
and make the required adjustments.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
When installing a package with "pacman -U" that has a detached
signature, check if the needed key is in the keyring and download
if necessary.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Now that the keyring is checked for all needed keys before the
validation, we can not reach a point of a missing key when doing
validity checks for sync operations.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Keys used to create signatures are checked for presence in the keyring
before package validation is performed.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Conflicts:
lib/libalpm/alpm.h
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
This does not support all possibilities of RFC4880, but it does
cover every key currently used in Arch Linux.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
This will be useful for checking the availablity of all keys before
perfoming validation in sync operations and for downloading a needed
key in upgrade operations.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
We don't want test files to do any checks for fakechroot since we will
print a warning if it is not found.
Signed-off-by: Chirantan Ekbote <chirantan.ekbote@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
This prevents multiple spaces between values from being
parsed as empty values.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Rearrange the functions section of the PKGBUILD man package. Clarify
that the package() function is a requirement and the rest are all
optional. Note that $pkgdir should only be used in the package()
function.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
The idea of having separate build() and package() functions is that
build() is run as a normal uses and package() as (fake)root. Any
files placed in $pkgdir during build() can have the wrong permissions.
Restrict access to $pkgdir during build() - unless there is no package()
function.
Also, set $pkgdir to something "useful" during build(). For split
packages, this uses "<path>/pkg/$pkgbase" because it is not obvious
which $pkgdir is being referred to.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Add LocalFileSigLevel and RemoteFileSigLevel to control the signature
checking for "pacman -U <file>" and "pacman -U <url>" operations
respectively. The starting value for both these options is SigLevel,
if it is specified in the [options] section, or the built-in system
default. The specified values override and/or supplement this initial
value. Note there is no distinction between setting "Required" and
"PackageRequired" as there are no database options for Upgrade
operations.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
We still call some of these 'deprecated' methods elsewhere, so this
shouldn't present a problem. When we decide 2.x support is to be dropped,
we should update all of the code to not call deprecated methods.
Allan: Adjusted with respect to previous patches adding libarchive
compatibilty layer.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
This allows us to support both libarchive 2.8.x as well as 3.x without
deprecation warnings on compile.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Rearrange tidy_install so we first remove docs, unwanted files,
libtool files, and empty directories. Then check for missing backup
files and references to $srcdir and $pkgdir. Finally compress manpages,
strip debug symbols, and compress executables with upx.
Fixes FS33318
Signed-off-by: Chirantan Ekbote <chirantan.ekbote@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
I suspect that eventually we're going to end up returning a pointer to
an allocated struct to describe the download result, but that's for
another patch when the need arises...
Fixes FS#33508.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Also fix a small bug where pacman won't check if the sync dbs are first
downloaded when invoked with --native (it should).
Signed-off-by: Simon Gomizelj <simongmzlj@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
The latest automake release causes complaints about an out of date
'missing' file during configure. Sync with upstream.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Originally printed a leading \ before all path names as the `' would be
removed during the make. Using '' should be just as good as using `'.
paccache.sh.in:
die "cachedir \`%s' does not exist or is not a directory" "$cachedir"
paccache
die "cachedir \%s does not exist or is not a directory" "$cachedir"
Signed-off-by: William Giokas <1007380@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Teach pacsort to understand package filenames and optionally strip away
some of the context. alpm_pkg_vercmp() intentionally only understands
pure versions, so strings such as '18.0-2-x86_64' and '18.0.1-1-x86_64'
will be compared wrongly.
Partially addresses FS#33455.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
The FHS (2.3) says having ldconfig in /sbin is optional and it is usually
located in /usr/sbin. So /sbin/ldconfig should not be hard coded in
pacman. Instead, provide a configure option --with-ldconfig that defaults
to the current path.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
The leading / makes the pactest suite look for the file in the users
filesystem. This meant the ldconfig tests always passed (even when
broken in pacman...).
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
pacman can be configured to use a different shell than /bin/sh for
scriplets. Pass the cnfigured value to the pactest suite and make the
necessary "copy" of the shell in the test root.
Also update all copyright years in the pactest suite.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
The difference between the echo and the printf's in write_pkginfo seemed
to be somewhat sporadic. Also, the INFAKEROOT check was doing the same
exact thing as the SPLITPKG check, but formatted much differently and
consuming two extra lines. I think this makes it more readable than it
was previously, if nothing else.
Signed-off-by: William Giokas <1007380@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
RFC 2616 doesn't forbid a 301 or 302 repsonse from having a body, and
servers exist in the wild that show this behavior. In order to prevent
pacman from showing a progress bar when we aren't actually downloading a
package (and merely following one of these pain in the butt redirects),
capture the server response code in the response header, rather than
waiting to peel it off the handle after the download has finished.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Reported-by: Alexandre Filgueira <alexfilgueira@cinnarch.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
In order to support a variety of values for the --with-scriptlet-shell
configure flag, pmtest has to be aware of what kind of path was passed,
be it an absolute path or a fragment for a path lookup. For absolute
paths, leave the path alone. For fragments, search the PATH environment
var for the resolved path to the binary. In both cases, join the
resultant path to the root directory defined for the test, not a
pre-determined bin directory.
Fixes FS#31552.
With-contribution-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
The ldconfig binary is not guaranteed to be in /sbin. Change to calling
just "ldconfig" rather than using the full path.
This removed the check that the ldconfig binary exists. However, it is
a reasonable assumption that it will exist if its configuration file
does.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
This makes us more robust to utilities changing paths. There is no
functional change when a full path is specified.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
The restriction of not checking the ownership of a directory is
unnecessary given that all the package filelists contain this
information. Remove this restriction, with the expectation that you
might get multiple packages returned for a given directory.
Additionally attempt to minimise the number of files getting through
to the slow realpath call.
Original-work-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Original-work-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Teach pacman to save backup files with extension .pacsave.n, where n is a
positive integer. The current backup file shall be saved as <name>.pacsave,
while existing .pacsave.n files will be renamed to <name>.pacsave.n+1
Example:
1. You have subversion installed in your local repo. /etc/conf.d/svnserve
is a file to be backed up. It contains local modifications
2. You remove subversion from your repo. /etc/conf.d/svnserve is backed up as
/etc/conf.d/svnserve.pacsave
2. You install subversion again
3. You edit /etc/conf.d/svnserve
4. You remove subversion. The existing /etc/conf.d/svnserve.pacsave is renamed
to /etc/conf.d/svnserve.pacsave.1 and /etc/conf.d/svnserve is backed up as
/etc/conf.d/svnserve.pacsave
Signed-off-by: Pang Yan Han <pangyanhan@gmail.com>
Rebased from original email and adjusted for util-common usage.
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
There is duplicated code in the util.c files in the libalpm and pacman
source code. Split this into a separate file so that it can be shared
via a symlink. This prevents code divergence between the two code bases.
Also, move mbasename and mdirname from pacman/util.c into util-common.c
in preparation for the following patch that uses them to add an extension
to pacsave files.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Packages are already in the pkg db were given a warning, and then
readded anyway. With -n specified, the warning is printed, but skips
readding it.
Signed-off-by: Danny George <dangets@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
When building sources with a pkgver function, makepkg will print out the
original version before pkgver() is run, claiming that that is the
package that will be built. This patch simply re-prints the output
later, after pkgver() has been run so people can see which package they
are actually building.
Signed-off-by: William Giokas <1007380@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Amazingly, using "sleep 1" to convince btrfs to report correct file
sizes is only a 90% fix. Sometimes more sleep is needed.
Instead we use the --apparent-size argument to du to get actual file
sizes. This is used only on Linux as the various BSDs do not support
this argument.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Doesn't hurt and reassures the user that we did the right thing.
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
This allows compiling in both clang and gcc without running into
oddities regarding const vs. defined constant values.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
If we are reversed, then we were correctly freeing both the list and the
contained data. However, we were leaking a list in the case of a
non-reversed traversal.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Fun fact about bash: the below is valid and will only ever print 'a'!
fn() {
continue 2
}
for x in {1..5}; do
for y in {a..e}; do
echo "$y"
fn
done
done
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
A properly formatted mtree file may stick a leading "./" in front
of file names in the root directory. Strip this if present.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Bail early in file validation checks if the file type given in the
mtree file does not match that in the filesystem.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
The "install" and "changelog" entries for a package in the local
database are now checked for changes with -Qkk.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
The follow fields are checked:
Directory: uid, gid, mode
File: uid, gid, mode, size, time
Symbolic Link: uid, gid, mode, link, time
A skeleton is added for checking a files md5sum and sha256sum when
reading this information is supported by libarchive.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
If a package has an mtree file, using pacman -Qkk will read that
file and use it to perform more in depth package checking.
Currently this only checks for file presence.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
There is going to be a lot of overlap in the code for the quick
and full checks that can be abstracted into their own functions.
Also many other file checking functions will be needed for the
full check. Put all these in a separate source file.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Add an mtree file to the package with all file information. This
can be added to the local pacman database on install allowing full
package verification.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
When a configured repo database is not already downloaded, a warning
message such as "warning: database file for 'testing' does not exist"
is printed. Disable this warning when the database is scheduled to
be downloaded in the transaction.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
The warning given for a signature timstamp being in the future compared
to the system time stated the opposite.
Also, move this warning to debug output. It is useless in its current
form as the package or database that is giving the error is not
mentioned and so other debug output is needed to find the offending
signature.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
The previous commit removed the Vim modelines which replaced tabs with
spaces. This commit replaces the space-based indents with tabs.
Tabs are generally more compatible with various user preferences
regarding indentation of code. Using space-based indents is not flexible
regarding user preferences at all.
Signed-off-by: Jason St. John <jstjohn@purdue.edu>
It makes little sense to "force" users to replace tabs with spaces, with
a width of 2. These settings should be configured by the user in their
own ~/.vimrc.
This is a resubmission based on Allan's feedback on the ML.
Signed-off-by: Jason St. John <jstjohn@purdue.edu>
Places logs in a pre-defined location. The logs are always neatly
labeled with package names and numbers, and this way can be more easily
sent to network shares as they are written or compressed/cleaned en
masse.
Signed-off-by: William Giokas <1007380@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Specifically, we shouldn't allow newlines in the pkgdesc field, as
pacman will ignore the continuation and end the description prematurely
as written to the local DB. Normalize ALL whitespace, replacing it with
single whitespace characters.
Fixes strange errors as seen by FS#32852.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Instead of blindly consuming data from the .PKGINFO file, parse it more
closely and only declare variables as needed.
Should help to avoid nonsensical errors and possibly dangerous command
execution as seen in FS#32852.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
When a packages (new) optdepends are printed in install (update),
add a note of their current installation status. Packages currently
installed are labelled with [installed] and packages to be installed
in this transaction are labelled [pending].
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Much like packages that require a give package are displayed in the
"Required by" field of its information output, alos display packages
that optionally require the package.
Inspired-by: Benedikt Morbach <benedikt.morbach@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
When a package is being removed, provide a notification (via a callback)
if any local package requires it as an optdepend.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
This is a bug that has been around since at least 2007. On a package
upgrade (either by -S or -U) a new directory could overwrite any file.
This is caused by the filelist difference calculation ignoring all
directories and thus no new directories were checked for conflicting
files on the filesystem.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Provide a package for removing packages with unmet dependencies.
Currently pacman removes too many packages from the transaction
(FS#30649).
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
This applies to a case such as when /lib is a symlink to /usr/lib. If a
package is installed which contains /lib/libfoo.so, pacman will complain
if this package is then "fixed" to contain /usr/lib/libfoo.so. Since
these have the same effective path and it exists within the same
package, ignore the conflict.
Fixes FS#30681.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
File paths are resolved if necessary during inter-package conflict
checks so that packages carrying the same effective file due to
directory symlinks on the filesystem are flagged as conflicting.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
If a filename isn't resolved, the original can be used instead of strdup()ing
it.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
The _alpm_filelist_resolve function takes a filelist and creates
a list with any symlinks in directory paths resolved.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Add an array to hold the resolved paths of the files in alpm_filelist_t.
When the file name and its resolved file name are identical, the pointer
to the original file name is used to avoid duplicate memory allocation.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Detect a conflict between a file/symlink in one package and a directory
in another when both are being installed at once.
A side effect is the creation of conflicts between a directory symlink
and a real directory (e.g lib -> usr/lib in pkg1 and /lib in pkg2).
Given we can not guarantee pkg1 is installed before pkg2, this is a
genuine conflict.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
It turns out when you set the filelist for a package to include
"usr/lib/foo" in the pactest suite, it thinks there is only the
file "usr/lib/foo" in there... No "usr/" or "usr/lib/" directory.
This makes life difficult when testing code that scrolls through
a filelist looking for directory entries.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Although it should be currently quite obvious what package is being
created when "Creating package..." is printed, it will not be in the
future when a debug package is potentially created too. Also, given
$pkgname is always correctly set when split packaging now, we no
longer need to pass that around.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
When using the "debug" option in combination with "strip", move the
debugging symbols into a separate directory ($pkgdir-debug/usr/lib/debug)
suitable for creating a package from.
Create hardlinks between debugging symbols of hardlinked files and add
symlinks in the .build_id directory if the binary has a build ID.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Unify split and single packages to always use a folder within pkg/
as thier $pkgdir. This will allow a folder for storing a package with
stripped debug symbols to be added within pkg/ too.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Move stripping of files to a spearate function that will be expanded
for the handling of creating debug symbol packages.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Add a "debug" option that appends the compiler flags specified in the
variables DEBUG_CFLAGS and DEBUG_CXXFLAGS in makepkg.conf to their
counterpart buildflags.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
When using "makepkg -R" without a packge function, we should still
run tidy_install as the user might have added other packaging options
such as (e.g.) '!emptydir' to remove empty directories on repackaging.
Of course we can not revert some options when repackaging without a
package function.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Removing the leader for the toplevel package shifted the name left
but not it's limb.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Ensure that both output formats have equal spacing, and therefore an
equivalent layout. This change also removes the styling from the
toplevel package being searched for.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Stick to c89 and avoid mixed code and declarations, and always brace
block statements, even if they're only 1 line.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Add a compile time check for langinfo.h so that we can possibly use
unicode line drawing characters if the current locale is supportive of
them. This can be explicitly disabled at runtime with the use of a new
switch: -a, --ascii.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Simply add the option to pass the --needed flag to pacman when using -i
with makepkg. When using makepkg in scripts, particularly for git
packages with the new version functions and not just a date, this can
save disk io and time instead of reinstalling.
This would mostly be useful with the --noconfirm option.
Signed-off-by: wgiokas <1007380@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Most of makepkg already uses sentence case. This cleans up the last few
stragglers.
Signed-off-by: Jason St. John <jstjohn@purdue.edu>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
After we install dependencies, we source /etc/profile so that new
elements get added to the path. As this can override any local setting
of PATH, we store the full path of the PACMAN variable passed to makepkg.
Also, add a check for PACMAN availability if it is needed to deal with any
dependency operations.
Reported-by: Martin Panter <vadmium à gmail·com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
This resolves an inconsistency with how the $PACMAN variable was interpreted.
Previously “makepkg” would extract the first word from the $PACMAN variable
and check that it existed as a command. This appears to have been happening
ever since the variable was implemented in revision 66c6d28 (makepkg: allow
to specify an alternative pacman command). Thus it looks like command
arguments were originally allowed in the variable.
However the run_pacman() function now quotes $PACMAN, so the whole variable
has to be just the command name. This quoting was introduced more recently,
perhaps in revision 622326b (makepkg: fix sudo/su calling of pacman).
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
The package() function has been around since pacman-3.3 and has
significant advantages including limited fakeroot usage and correct
repackaging. The ability to use PKGBUILDs without a package function
will be removed in a future release.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
There are valid reasons for a source files PGP signature to be changed
(expired key, expired signature, additional person signing...). Thus
providing a checksum for signature files can potentially cause a
PKGBUILD to require unnecessary updating.
Avoid this issue by using "SKIP" for the signature checksum.
Fixes FS#31590.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Using the last match in the BUILDENV and OPTIONS arrays allows the
user to easily override these values without specifying the entire
array. For example add "BUILDENV+=(sign)" in ~/.makepkg.conf.
Fixes FS#26701.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
This lets us define the build rule and the dependency all at once, and
additionally removes the need for an intermediate temp file.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
This is redundant, and any usage of -D should belong to CPPFLAGS.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Avoid adding our own messaging, as autoconf will add this for us with
the result of the AC_CHECK_FILE test. Reuse the cache variable from
autoconf to set our local variable.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Since commit d2669b47, CFLAGS specified on the command line haven't been
respected at all, resulting in no optimization being applied to builds.
This exposed one warning flag issue in some new code, which is also
fixed here.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
The list of which download protocol should look in makepkg.conf for the
download agent was hard coded into makepkg. Instead, fallback to checking
the the download agents array for any non-local or (implemented) vcs
source.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
* For any vcs other that git, the fall through resulted in being handled by the
code for std url, hence fragments were being left on.
* Handle vcs urls than end in a slash correctly, eg http://example.com/project/
Signed-off-by: Gary van der Merwe <garyvdm@gmail.com>
Before this patch, makepkg does not check if $dir is a local clone of
the right repo.
For example, git fetch would be run even if $dir is not a local
bare clone of a git repo in present in source(), but a subdir of
a checked-out one. That means makepkg can potentially fetch from
a completely unrelated remote and update completely unrelated
dirs/files.
This patch adds a check to make sure we are fetching from the right
remote.
Signed-off-by: Mohammad Alsaleh <msal@i2pmail.org>
Before this patch, makepkg would only check if $dir exists as an
indication that a local clone exists. And if $dir does exist, makepkg
will run git fetch inside it unconditionally.
After applying this patch, makepkg will check if the existent $dir is
empty. And if it is, it will be used to store a local clone.
Signed-off-by: Mohammad Alsaleh <msal@i2pmail.org>
When the len and cidx were changed to size_t in a8a1b093, it was
possible to have an integer overflow when a line ended right at the
edge of the terminal width.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Three warnings after someone deliberately typed --noextract is a
tad excessive... Also, an empty $srcdir is perfectly valid when
the source array is empty, although using --noextact then is
wasteful.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Rather than calling upon ls for this, use a proper shell function which
uses globbing to determine the existance of files in a directory.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
GPG signatures have a timestamp which is checked and if it's in the
future, verification will fail.
Dan: slight wording change.
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
Somewhere in the arg parse refactoring, the args array went away and we
simply stashed our remaining parameters as positionals. Fix this up so
that pkgdelta doesn't mysteriously hang in read_pkginfo().
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Returning "/" from mdirname removes it as a special case which allows us to
test it like any other directory. This corrects a false positive when querying
a file in / and root is not set to /.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Trailing '/' in paths causes lstat to dereference symlinks to
directories which causes it to break even though the symlink is a valid
target.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Resolving root early prevents later calls to realpath from having to do the
work of actually resolving any symlinks in root.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
resolve_path is a equivalent to calling realpath(path, NULL) except that the
returned string is guaranteed to be PATH_MAX long. We never append to the
returned string, so this is unnecessary.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Add details of the system wide and user specific versions of
makepkg.conf to the man page.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
When using the --valgrind flag with the pactest.py script, the path
to the suppression file relies on the script being called from the
source root directory. Construct the path from the scripts location
to allow it to be called from directory.
Dan: style cleanup.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Currently, the package description is printed at the end of the -Si output.
This is probably one of the more important pieces of information so should
be nearer the top. Also move the package architecture up.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This fixes the current syntax highlighting behavior in the 'options'
array, which does *not* flag illegal options (e.g. typos, unsupported
options). The shDoubleQuote and shSingleQuote options were the culprits.
Now, if you enter `'!imptydurs'`, the typoed option will be flagged red.
I also added syntax highlighting for the new options listed in `man 5
makepkg.conf`, which I believe were introduced around pacman 4.0.0.
Signed-off-by: Jason St. John <jstjohn@purdue.edu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Given the message is repeated for each repo, it is a good idea to
print the repo name in the output.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
If a pkgver() function is specified, delay checking the package is
built until the pkgver is updated..
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Do not update VCS sources if --holdver is used. If the VCS checkout
is not present, it will still be downloaded.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
VCS sources are not needed for --geninteg or --source operations.
This also prevents VCS downloads outputting to stdout, which
prevented piping -g output to the PKGBUILD.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Allow SVN repo sources in the form:
source=("<folder>::<repo>#<fragment>")
where <repo> must start with svn (e.g svn+http://) and a <fragment>
can specify a revision (e.g. revision=22).
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Now that VCS repos are provided in the source array, it becomes too
complicated to have automatic updating pkgver as was the case with
the old VCS PKGBUILDs (there can be multiple repos of different types
in the source array, the VCS repo may not be the package primary
source, etc).
Instead provide an optional way for a PKGBUILD to update the pkgver
value through the specifing of a pkgver() function that returns the
new version string. This is run after all source files are downloaded
so can access the VCS repo if needed.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
With VCS sources, get_filepath should return the directory of the
checkout. This allows backing up of the VCS checkout when using
--allsource. Fixes FS#21098.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Modify get_filename to return the name of the folder with VCS sources.
This fixes output issues in checksum checking.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Allow specifing GIT sources using the following syntax
source=('<folder>::<repo>#<fragment>')
This will download the git repo <repo> into <folder> (into $SRCDIR
if set, otherwise $startdir). <repo> must start with "git", but
non-git protocols are handled using (e.g.) "git+http://...".
The <fragment> can be used to specify a branch, tag, or commit to
build from. e.g. branch=maint.
Checksum entries for git sources should be "SKIP".
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
If "SKIP" is provided for an integrity check, abort checking as soon
as possible.
Also swap fork to tr for bash4 conversion.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
In order to treat all VCS sources as URLs, we need to be able to
deal with more protocols. Rewrite download_sources to use a case
statement so additional protocols are easily added.
Also fix the use of scp to not pass the protocol in the URL
(noticed by William J. Bowman <wjb@williamjbowman.com>)
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
There is no actual code change here, but these related functions
were all over the place which makes this code difficult to adjust.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
The current VCS packaging support is really, really, really bad.
It is best to strip it out completely before rewriting it.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
To improve conflict checking, we will need to make these functions
diverge to an extent where having two separate functions will be
preferable.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We have a few of these and might as well gather them together. This also
cleans up the code a bit by using an enum instead of integer values, as
well as makes a "search for file in filelist" function public so
frontends can do better than straight linear search of the filelists.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
If a pacakge has a directory symlink (e.g. /lib -> usr/lib), do not
allow it to be removed if any other package is trying to install a
file into that path (e.g. /lib/foo). This is because the local
database can become invalidated if the symlink is removed after the
package with file /lib/foo is installed (sync702.py). If the symlink
is removed before the file is installed (sync701.py), the upgrade is
actually a success, but we can not guarantee the ordering so both
cases should fail.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
If we have a symlink to a directory (e.g. /lib -> usr/lib), then
we can not remove it if a local package thinks it has files in the
symlink directory (e.g. /lib/foo), because this will invalidate the
local file database.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Note failure to detect a conflict between files having the same
effective path across packages due to a directory symlink.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Note failure to detect a conflict between a directory in one package
and a file in the other when the directory is not currently on the
filesystem.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The wrong test file was inadvertantly committed in 44e9fdd0. Add the
correct test and tidy up the test which was committed.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
When cleaning the cache, ask for each cachedir separately.
Allan: add some white space in output
Signed-off-by: Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig) <jan.steffens@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This extra newline leaves a gap that looks strange in of itself,
but is highlighted when piping -g output to a PKGBUILD.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
add the asdeps flag for makepkg so that it does pacman -U --asdeps
[Allan: clean-up whitespace]
Signed-off-by: Daniel Wallace <daniel.wallace12@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
With glibc-2.16, using -D_FORTIFY_SOURCE requires that optimization (-O)
be used or it will prodice a warning message. Enable -Werror in our
test for _FORTIFY_SOURCE support to catch when a users specifies CFLAGS
without optimization.
The line to set CFLAGS="" when no CFLAGS are specified (either due to
being unset or geniunely empty) is required as autoconf will use
"-O2 -g" for its tests by defult when CFLAGS is unset, but will not add
them to the CFLAGS used...
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Make an array out of our various glob skip patterns and loop through
them looking for items to skip. Additionally, when doing a full clean,
delete all objects rather than respect this skip list.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Give the generated package the correct architecture in its filename
rather than assuming the system architecture.
Also add updated copyright notice.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
74274b5dc3 which added the real_line_size to the buffer struct
didn't properly account for what happens when archive_fgets has to loop
more than once to find the end of a line. In most cases, this isn't a
problem, but could potentially cause a longer line such as PGP signature
to be improperly read.
This patch fixes the oversight and focuses on only calculating the line
length when we hit the end of line marker. The effective length is then
calculated via pointer arithmetic as:
(start_of_last_read + read_length) - start_of_line
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Take advantage of the fact that our filelists are arrays sorted by
filename with a known length and use a binary search. This should speed
up file conflict checking, particularly when larger packages are
involved.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This may very well be a no-op, but better safe than sorry.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
On the assumption that these arrays are already mostly sorted, use the
standard quicksort method to sort the files arrays. The files_msort
function name is tweaked to give it a more general name to reflect this
change.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
if fopen returns NULL, append the libc strerror-ized error message to
our own error message.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
When checking if a package owns a directory, it is important to check
not only that all the files in the directory are part of the package,
but also if the directory is part of a package. This catches empty
subdirectories during conflict checking for directory to file/symlink
replacements.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
When two packages own an empty directory, pacman finds no conflict when
one of those packages wants to replace the directory with a file or a
symlink. When it comes to actually extracting the new file/symlink,
pacman sees the directory is still there (we do not remove empty
directories if they are owned by a package) and refuses to extract.
Detect this potential conflict early and bail. Note that it is a
_potential_ conflict and not a guaranteed one as the other package owning
the directory could be updated or removed first which would remove
the conflict. However, pacman currently can not sort package installation
order to ensure this, so this conflict requires manual upgrade ordering.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
I find that when copying the output of "pacman -Qs foo" into a
"pacman -Qi" operation to get more information on the packages, I
consistently copy the "local/" prefix. It is a minor usability
improvement to strip this if present.
Dan: Pluck out LOCAL_PREFIX and magic numbers.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
This function is the reverse of human_to_size, and converts integer byte
sizes to human readable SI prefixed values.
A logical extension of this might be to mimic the formatter that pacman
uses and allow a second argument to be passed in which can coerce the
size, rather than reducing until the unit count is below 1024.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Update the documentation accordingly to mention that users can expect
huamn readable sizes to be acceptable.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
This is a bash wrapper around an awk function that parses human readable
sizes and returns their representative values in bytes, as a string. A
small test harness is added to validate the functionality.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Only load filesystem details for the mount points that we're actually
going to write to. This reduces our syscall count considerably. In the
case of installation, we would actually stat every mountpoint twice (an
extra round for download diskspace) which means (on my system) a total
of 60 syscalls to write to 3 partitions when installing the kernel
package. This change reduces the 60 syscalls down to the expected 3.
A slight debug output change is added here to discern between a
mountpoint added to our linked list versus when we actually load the fs
info.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
add mount_point_load_fsinfo() for platforms using getmntent().
Dan: move the #ifdef slightly so we don't have unused functions on
certain platforms (e.g., OS X).
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
With pacman-key now having the ability to use names in --list-keys etc,
we can remove the comments that temporarily blocked this in the zsh
completion file.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Wallace <daniel.wallace@gatech.edu>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Similar to the case for makedepends, it is useful to be able to
access this information without parsing a PKGBUILD.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
I have noticed that quite a number of packages fail with "makepkg -R"
when their (make)dependencies are not installed. Adjust makepkg to
check for dependencies when used with -R. This can still be avoided
by using --nodeps/-d.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
This is already being used (despite not working...) in packages
in the Arch Linux repos.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Allow makepkg to work correctly when used with find from busybox.
Fix handling of cross directory symlinks.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Huntwork <jhuntwork@lightcubesolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Check for an exact match when querying ownership of files in the root.
Previously, our test was too simple and would match the the basename of
package files against the query parameter, e.g.
$ pacman -Qo config
/config is owned by cower-git 20120614-1
Adds a new test to verify this behavior, query007.py.
Fixes FS#30388.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
m4 has a field day parsing escapes and actually vandalizes this string,
causing the error to look like:
==> ERROR: \PKGBUILD\ not found or is not a file
Avoid all quoting and just match up with how makepkg reports errors (no
quoting at all).
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
If known, callers can pass the line size to this function in order to
avoid an strlen call. Otherwise, they simply pass 0 and
_alpm_strip_newline will do the call instead.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We inevitably call strlen() or similar on the line returned from
_alpm_archive_fgets(), so include the line size of the interesting line
in the struct.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This was missed in the switch to parseopts, and was caught by distcheck.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Fix the creation of the repo-remove symlink in the scripts/ dir
on building.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
With lazy loading in place, it's now quite obvious that we aren't
necessarily checking the right mountpoint for necessary download space.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
The main motivation for this change is to allow this to be run as a cron
job.
Satisfies FS#29897 and some other undocumented requests for this.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Rewrite the handling of libdepends. The primary advantage are:
- Moves functionality from write_pkginfo() to find_libdepends().
- The order of the depends array in the PKGBUILD is kept in the package.
- An unneeded libdepends is only a warning and not an error. This allows
putting a libdepend on a library that is dlopened.
- It is now modular so can be extended to library types other than
ELF *.so.
- Finding the list of libraries a package depends only occurs when a
libdepend is specified in the depends array.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
This is useful for tools that automatically rebuild packages and
thus require to generate a build order. These entries are skipped
by pacman.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Currently there is no way to access the makedepends for a package
apart from parsing its PKGBUILD. Put these into the .PKGINFO file
with the idea of making them available in the repo dbs so that
automated build tools can readily determine build order.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The -D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=2 define should be in CPPFLAGS and not CFLAGS
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Add CPPFLAGS support in addition to the current CFLAGS and CXXFLAGS.
This keeps compiler flags split up in the same logical way done
everywhere else.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Apparently gcc 4.7 has decided that -Wshadow warnings aren't worth
reporting anymore even with the flag enabled. These were found on
an Ubuntu 10.04 install.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Fix indenting to something more familiar with the rest of the codebase.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
With bash4 as a requirement, we can use mapfile when reading command
output into an array. mapfile has the advantage of using block buffered
I/O rather than line buffered I/O, making it slightly faster for most
jobs.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
We support multiple arguments being comma separated elsewhere, so this
seems like a natural extension to support in our multiparse selection
code.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Test for file content (-s) rather than just existance (-f). This fixes a
bug that manifests itself in the case of an empty -revoked file. A zero
element 'keys' array would be passed to gpg, forcing it to list and,
subsequently, revoke all known keys.
Bug introduced in d1240f67ea.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
PACMAN_OPTS would be erroneously set when it was undefined, causing
pacsysclean to error out.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This documentation was added in commit 857357f9 so was not caught in the
removal of this option in commit 85712814.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
get_pkg_arch checked for the arch variable being overridden in the
package_$1() function when used with a package as a parameter.
However, when there was no override, it did not fall back to the
global value.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
There's no reason to make these executable, and this also mimics what we
do in the scripts/ subdir.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This adds zsh completion for makepkg to the _pacman file
in /usr/share/zsh/site-functions/. it completes makepkg and allows for
stacking of flags like -si, -sci, et cetera.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Wallace <daniel.wallace@gatech.edu>
This patch adds zsh completion to pacman-key. It completes
files/directories for --config or --gpgdir and just completes the
command for --keyserver then it can complete keyids or files for all
the other flags.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Wallace <daniel.wallace@gatech.edu>
This path is rarely (read: never) taken in any normal run of the code,
so injecting the fprintf() call everywhere with the macro is a bit
overkill. Instead, add a lightweight _alpm_alloc_fail() function that
gets called instead.
This does have a reasonable effect on the size of the generated code;
most places using the macros provided by util.c have their code size
reduced.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Increment the strlen() provided value by 1 for the NULL byte so we use
the right value in all three places we later reference it.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Prefix the list of packages being installed/removed with "Packages"
instead of "Targets" as they are package names by this stage.
Fixes FS#23123.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Instead of creating a subshell for each of these checks (of which there
are many), pass in an expected value and make the check_* function do
the comparison for us, returning 0 (match), 1, (mismatch), or 127 (not
found).
For a measureable benefit, I tested this on a fairly simple package,
perl-term-readkey, and counted the number of clone(2) syscalls to try
and isolate those generated by makepkg itself, rather than the user
defined functions. Results as shown below:
336 before
180 after
So, roughly a 50% reduction, which makes sense given that a single
check_option() call could be up to 3 subprocesses in total.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
These were removed entirely by f34864cc9e, but some people (myself
included) still find them useful. Revive these details, but "demote"
them, so that they're only displayed when extra sync data is requested.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
There is little reason here to grab 4K from the heap only to return it a
few lines later. Instead, just use the stack to hold the returned value
saving ourselves the malloc/free cycle.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
No one seems to do this "correctly", but for the sake of having an easy
method of detecting the presence and version of libalpm on a given
system, we provide a straightforward .pc file.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
There isn't a whole lot of reason other than code clarity for this, but
it makes it a bit more obvious where multivalued attributes start.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
With some contrived examples, you could easily make testdb return a very
high error count, which could easily overflow the 8-bit unsigned integer
limit. Instead, simply return 1 or 0 based on whether errors were found.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This allows a `make -j4 check` invocation to actually run in parallel,
even though 95% of our test suite time is currently dominated by
pactest. It also allows running something like `make test-vercmp`.
Also, add some targets to the .PHONY list that belong in it.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This script is of questionable value, as it ranks mirrors by an
uninteresting attribute: ping. While the script itself is interesting,
people should be encouraged to rank mirrors by more useful measures,
such as actual speed, locality, or up to date-ness.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
This fixes a lot of checks done by makepkg (e.g. to see if a package
is already built and choosing which package to install). Previously,
if a package had both "i686" and "any" versions, the "i686" one
always took precidence regardless of the value of "arch" in the
PKGBUILD for that package. Fixes FS#27204.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Add longopts and update usage. This removes the TODO item and
incorporates --help/--version into the standard option set.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
We've unofficially agreed to raise our minimum supported bash version to
4.1, and since added features that require it. Additionally, an earlier
commit adds a syntax check to the builds of scripts/ and contrib/ which
could conceivably fail with an earlier shell. Therefore, make this a
hard requirement of the build process.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Use the no-exec mode of $(BASH_SHELL) to check for syntax errors in
shell scripts. Since we use the extglob feature in various places, this
requires that we pass -O extglob to the shell as well, to ensure that
the parser is armed to handle this syntax.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
For consistency with the scripts/ directory, ensure that all bash
scripts use the same pre-build suffix.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Treat bash scripts separately from the others to allow for a different
build rule, which is reused from the scripts/ subdir.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Perform a search for keys that clearly aren't key IDs. This allows
receiving keys by name or email address, but only if the key resolves
unambiguously.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Loop through arguments passed to verify_sig and treat each as a
signature to be verified against a source file. Output each file as its
checked to avoid ambiguity.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
- only do file completion for options which expect files
- add completion for possible key ids when a relevant operation is in
COMPWORDS.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
This requires an ugly amount of reworking of how pacman-key handles
options. The change simply to avoid passing keys, files, and directories
as arguments to options, but to leave them as arguments to the overall
program. This is reasonable since pacman-key limits the user to
essentially one operation per invocation (like pacman).
Since we now pass around the positional parameters to the various
operations, we can add some better sanity checking. Each operation is
responsible for testing input and making sure it can operate properly,
otherwise it throws an error and exits.
The doc is updated to reflect this, and uses similar verbiage as pacman,
describing the non-option arguments now passed to pacman-key as targets.
Similar to the doc, --help is reorganized to separate operations and
options and remove argument tokens from operations.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
This will replace our current options parser used in pacman-key,
makepkg, and ideally elsewhere. It follows heuristics closer to that of
GNU getopt long (and thus pacman itself), with the exception that it
does not allow for options with optional arguments. Due to the way this
parser will be used, this sort of functionality will not be needed.
Instead of relying on eval+set, options are normalized into an array,
OPTRET, which callers should expect to be populated after returning from
parseopts. This avoids problems with quotes and spaces in arguments,
assuming that the user quotes properly when passing into the
application.
A new test harness for parseopts is added in test/scripts.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
We're not linking to libssl, only libcrypto. -Wl,--as-needed will get
rid of this, but there's no sense in checking for and linking against a
library we don't need.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This removes some unnecessary quotes and adds quotes in a few places to
hopefully work correctly if the tempdir has spaces.
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Big deltas or deltas for very small packages are not needed so we should
check that and not generate any.
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This has outlived its usefulness and causes more problems than it
solves. It has historically only ever been used to install pacman first.
That should not be needed given we provide the vercmp utility (which has
no library dependencies) and so calling pacman in install scripts is a
sign of poor packaging.
Work-duplicated-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Detected by clang scan-build static code analyzer.
* Don't attempt to free an uninitialized gpgme key variable
* Initialize answer variable before asking frontend a question
* Pass by reference instead of value if uninitialized fields are
possible in download signal handler code
* Ensure we never call strlen() on NULL payload->remote_name value
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Not sure why this one wasn't showing up on x86_64, but this fixes the
compile on i686.
diskspace.c: In function 'calculate_removed_size':
diskspace.c:247:4: error: assuming signed overflow does not occur when negating a division [-Werror=strict-overflow]
cc1: all warnings being treated as errors
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
If the PKGBUILD isn't writeable for devel_update, throw a warning
instead of silently ignoring it. Some logical reordering is present in
this patch to reduce the number of nested if's.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
It's expected that this will lead to unwanted behavior, and needs
widespread testing. It's desirable to commit this for a few reasons:
- there's no reason we can't do our own error checking for code that we
write.
- it avoids the need for ||true hacks scattered about in the code.
- it makes us immune to upstream changes in exit codes (FS#28248)
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
This fixes a bunch of small issues in order to enable a clean
successful build with a crazy number of GCC warning flags. A lot of
these changes are covered by -Wshadow, -Wformat-security, and
-Wstrict-overflow=5.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
- Use LT_INIT over AC_PROG_LIBTOOL, as the latter is a deprecated alias
for the former.
- Remove redundant macros which are called implicitly by LT_INIT.
- Remove unneeded AC_PROG_CXX call (we don't use c++ anywhere)
- Add AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR([m4]) -- not strictly necessary, but added for
consistency with autogen.sh and Makefile.am
ref: http://www.gnu.org/software/libtool/manual/html_node/LT_005fINIT.html
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Continue the trend of not touching the environment CFLAGS, ensuring that
the user always has the final say.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
- handle gpgme libs and cflags separately rather than appending to
CFLAGS and LDFLAGS
- be consistent in AC_LINK_IFELSE check for gpgme 1.3.0 (though this is
irrelephant since we don't actually run)
- be consistent with usage of "have" and "with" variables (this
actually ends up reducing SLOC)
- when voluntary detection fails, unset GPGME_CFLAGS and GPGME_LIBS
- when requested support fails the version check, complain about the min
version.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Extend our grep pattern to match TRUST_ULTIMATE, not just TRUST_FULLY,
as these keys are to be trusted as well.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Make these functions more whitespace space by treating newlines as the
element delimiter rather than every form of whitespace.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This was a small oversight from 1917c845 which causes makepkg to write
provides entries to the .PKGINFO file improperly, e.g.
provides = systemdlibsystemdudev=999
Add a newline in the printf format to ensure that these are spaced
appropriately.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Failure isn't always due to the package file location not existing;
permission issues can also play a part on something like a FUSE-based
filesystem inaccessible to root.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We use interfaces first introduced in gpgme-1.3.0 so test we have
at least that version.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The initial patch to implement this achieved nothing apart from
adding a configure option. This patch makes that configure option
do what it advertises.
Note that specifing any shell apart from /bin/sh causes testsuite
failures as /bin/sh is the only shell in the testing environment.
Bug-found-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
In preparation for the removal of the global error trap we need a
way to ensure changing directories succeeds. Add a "cd_safe"
wrapper that performs the necessary check.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Also make sure the strings passed to %s in printf are always quoted.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Only displays groups that haven't appeared yet..
Previously 'pacman -Sg' iterated over syncs, printed every group.
This change does not affect '-Sgg' which still orders by sync first.
To reproduce, on a current Arch Linux with [extra] and [community]:
$ pacman -Sg|sort|uniq -c|sort -n
[...]
1 xorg-fonts
2 vim-plugins
2 xfce4-goodies
Signed-off-by: Pierre <pierre@spotify.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This was really only half a fix for FS#28445, as it still doesn't
correctly handle the case of filenames with spaces. In the short term,
there is no obvious fix for this. In the long term, I believe the
correct decision is to rewrite the options parser to be more in line
with GNU getopt_long.
This reverts commits:
ca41427141.
969dcddbdf.
This has been 0 since 9fa18d9a4b, but it
doesn't makes sense because we are raising an error.
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We cannot rely on gpg's exit code. Instead we have to check the status-fd to
figure out whether a signature is valid or not.
In addition to this pacman-key --verify can now be used in scripts as it will
return an exit code of 1 if the signature is invalid.
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This matches the optimization made to repo-add in commit 8bbaf045b9
way back in 2009. We don't need to read the whole package file to ensure
multiple .PKGINFO entries don't exist, as well-formed packages should
have this file first in the archive.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Since we treat this as an array, we need to initialize it as one. This
avoids addition of an empty element to the option string when we set the
option array from the calling program, e.g.
+/usr/bin/makepkg[2033]: set -- -i --pkg vim -- ''
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
User reports indicate that the SKS keyservers are more reliable
than both the gnupg.net and mit.edu ones.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Using -e without arguments failed to export all keys. Using --export
worked as expected.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Pull updates from transifex, run update-po on all files, fix a few
errors, and push them back to Transifex.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
delayed allocation hoses us here and causes erroenous install sizes to
be reported. Add a short sleep to allow the transaction to be committed
to the filesystem and the stat buffers to be updated.
This is apparently a "feature", as per to some of the denizens of #btrfs
on freenode.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
For key searches only, gpg2 will fail to lookup any and all keys that
are not prefixed with 0x.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
pacman-key requires at least one dashed option, so complete them right
away, rather than falling back to default completion.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This is pretty old at this point, and upstream bash completions project
uses compopt heavily. Completions are by no means a make-or-break
feature anyway, so this is not critical. This basically reverts commit
6f4f9c1b66 made in 2010.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This dramatically improves upon a much older attempt in 2008 in commit
ce3d70aa99. We don't need to call it once per line we print unless
there is a reasonable expectation of being able to resize the terminal
mid-operation; this is really only the case during our callback progress
bars.
Some before and after numbers of ioctl() calls, gleaned from strace of
the following operations (no targets to any of them to maximize the
amount of output):
pacman -Qii : 37768 -> 2616 (93.1% decrease)
pacman -Qs : 2616 -> 4 (99.8%)
pacman -Sii : 133036 -> 10926 (91.8%)
pacman -Ss : 10926 -> 14 (99.9%)
Obviously the search results are astounding; we only call getcols()
once in the case of -Qs, and once per repo in the case of -Ss. For
-Qii and -Sii we are still calling it once per package, but this is
much better than once per line of info output.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Most places in makepkg deal with full file paths, but a few use the
file name only. Protect from potential issues when a file name
starts with a hyphen.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This means multiple packages can be build using the same BUILDDIR
without their source files all ending up extracted in the same
directory. Fixes FS#28417.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Currently, we try to do a bunch of funkyness constraining download size
to print only when doing a -S/--sync operation. However, it is possible
we try to download packages on a -U/--upgrade operation, and we
currently won't show any itemized download sizes.
Fix this ommission by always including the download size stuff in the
built table rows; this column will be completely omitted anyway if there
are no values due to prior work in commit 33bb7dbd35.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Using fputs should be faster as no format string parsing is required. It
also prevents silly errors related to unescaped '%' signs, and removes
the need to double them up in a lot of places.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This removes a call to _alpm_local_db_pkgpath() as well as an access()
call when reading the local database. This appears to be code from 2006
that has stuck around. We don't need it because:
1) We never use this path except to check it via access(); however, we
are already in a readdir() loop so it exists, or at least did at the
time of the call.
2) The fopen() and other calls will fail on accessing the database files
anyway, and we need to check those for errors.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
In case we have a mirror failure, unlink_on_fail would remain set,
causing an interrupt in a successive download attempt to be wrongly
unlinked.
This also fixes a memory leak in the url member, as we would allocate
over the previous, unfreed URL.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
To avoid conflicts on reusing a payload after a failed download, ensure
that we reset the filename hints in the payload struct prior to the
download operation.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We had one stubbed out so we didn't require a translation update, and
the other is more a code style issue.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Similar to how we manage receipt of SIGINT in pacman's internal
downloader, catch the signal and invoke our own trap handler before
unsetting it and calling the default. This requires a slight
modification to the arguments passed to trap_exit so we can pass the
raised signal to trap_exit (note that we substitue USR1 for ERR since
the latter is unique to bash).
Fixes FS#28491.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Unify the output for local and sync packages by only printing a
list of possible validation types for sync packages. This also
has the advantage of not printing the very long sha256 checksum
which line wrapped on a standard width terminal.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
When installing a package, store information on which validation
method was used and output this on "pacman -Qi" operations.
e.g.
Validated By : SHA256 Sum
Possible values are Unknown, None, MD5 Sum, SHA256 Sum, Signature.
Dan: just a few very minor tweaks.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Python PEP-394 states that all python code should point at the
python2 or python3 symlinks at maintain cross-distro compatibility.
Note that this does not matter when calling these scripts using
"make check" as they are explictly called using the detected python
version. As this only affects manually calling these scripts, I
have not had configure/make replace the shebangs.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Adds the ability to override the commands used to compressing
compiled and source packages. This is useful for those wanting
to use alternative implementations of the compression tools or
non-default compression options.
Allan: documented options in man page
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
No new behaviour introduced, everything should work exactly as before.
Dan: refactored to use the single alpm_depend_t structure.
Signed-off-by: Benedikt Morbach <benedikt.morbach@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This is the first step in parsing and handling optdepends. There is no
behavior change introduced in this commit; however, depends that contain
a ": " string will now be parsed as having a description and it will be
stored in the depend structure. Later patches will utilize this new
field as appropriate.
This is heavily based on the work of Benedikt, who did something similar
but introduced a new type for this rather than only a new field to the
existing type.
Heavily-influenced-by: Benedikt Morbach <benedikt.morbach@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The rest of our scripts have been using `openssl dgst` rather than tools
like `md5sum` for some time, so convert this one too. We also make the
following other adjustments:
* Use a `find -print0 | xargs -0` pipeline so paths with spaces and or
newlines don't totally kill us.
* Ensure the files we write out contain only paths relative to the
database root, where we know the filenames should all be sane.
* Remove use of `diff`, this was the only time we used it in scripts and
we can get a cheap substitute by comparing file checksums instead.
* Only touch the local/ part of the database. It makes little sense to
do anything to the sync/ directory anymore as they are compressed
single files that should be regularly written out in full and won't be
fragmented on any sane filesystem.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Verifing the keyring at this point is useless as a malicious package is already
installed and as such has several options to bypass this check anyway.
Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
* it updates to all translations
* minor fr, pt_BR, de, lt, sk and uk updates
* add new strings in pacman translation catalog
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Passing the "-L" flag to stat means we get the size of the file
being pointed to for symlinks instead of the size of the symlink.
Keep "-L" usage in repo-add as we want the actual size of the
package/delta/signature there.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
With multiple items in $libdepends this check only worked for the first
one, everything after this returned an error. This was probably an issue
with \s being treated wrong.
Fix-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
libperl.so results in soname="libperl.so.so" which is wrong.
This returns the correct string: "libperl.so"
Fix-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
If we begin to create a file list when loading a package, but abort
because of an error to one of our goto labels, the memory used to create
the file list will leak. This is because we use a set of local variables
to hold the data, and thus _alpm_pkg_free() cannot clean up for us.
Use the file list struct on the package object as much as possible to
keep state when building the file list, thus allowing _alpm_pkg_free()
to clean up any partially built data.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This is easily triggered via a `pacman -Sc` operation when it attempts
to open a delta file as a package- we end up leaking loads of memory
due to us never freeing the archive object. When you have upwards of
1200 delta files in your sync database directory, this results in a
memory leak of nearly 1.5 MiB.
Also fix another memory leak noticed at the same time- we need to call
the internal _alpm_pkg_free() function, as without the origin data being
set the public free function will do nothing.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Ensure we give database signatures special treatment like we already did
for package signatures. Attempt to parse the database name out of them
before taking the proper steps to handle their existence. This fixes
FS#28714.
We also add an unlink_verbose() helper method that displays any errors
that occur when unlinking, optionally opting to skip any ENOENT errors
from being fatal.
Finally, the one prompt per unknown database has been removed, this has
no real sound purpose and we don't do this for packages. Simply kill
databases we don't know about; other programs shouldn't have random data
in this directory anyway.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
It seems that if we pass the permissions that we want the created
directory to have, then we should probably use it...
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Add 2012 to the copyright range for all libalpm and pacman source files.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This reworks the implmentation of libprovides for the following
benefits:
- Moves functionality from write_pkginfo() to find_libprovides()
- Only calculates the version for libraries specifically requested
and not all libraries. This has the disadvantage of running find
over the $pkgdir for as many libraries as needed, but is unlikely
to be an issue due to caching.
- The order of the provides array in the PKGBUILD is kept in the
package
- There are more warning messages when things fail and those that
were there are no longer errors (as I do not think failure of
libprovides should result in complete packaging failure)
- It is now modular so can be easy extended to other library types
other than ELF *.so.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Simplify the implementation:
- allocate and manipulate a copy of the passed in path rather than
building out a path as the while loop progresses
- use simple pointer arithmetic to skip uninteresting cases
- use mkdir(3)'s return value and errno to detect failure
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
It can happen that the to-be-downloaded file cannot be created in cachedir.
For example, I am an -Sup user, and it is comfortable to set --cachedir to
/mnt/pendrive, which is a FAT filesystem, so files like
capseo-1:0.3-2-i686.pkg.tar.xz cannot be downloaded to there.
Before this patch, pacman didn't give clear output about what happens when
the download code could not create the necessary file. This can be confusing
with -Su. An example output:
***
$ sudo pacman -S capseo bochs --cachedir /c/TEMP
resolving dependencies...
looking for inter-conflicts...
Targets (2): bochs-2.4.6-1 capseo-1:0.3-2
Total Download Size: 0.61 MiB
Total Installed Size: 2.61 MiB
Proceed with installation? [Y/n]
:: Retrieving packages from extra...
warning: failed to retrieve some files from extra
bochs-2.4.6-1-i686 611.5 KiB 118K/s 00:05 [------------------] 97%
error: failed to commit transaction (unexpected error)
Errors occurred, no packages were upgraded.
***
After the patch, pacman will give more informative error message (and
pm_errno is set properly):
***
error: could not open file '/c/TEMP/capseo-1:0.3-2-i686.pkg.tar.xz.part': Invalid argument
error: failed to commit transaction (failed to retrieve some files)
***
Unfortunately, the "could not open file" error message is printed for
every mirror (that can be dozens of lines), which is ugly, but at least
informative... Without modifying the download logic (for example, by
introducing -2 return value for _alpm_download() to indicate giving up),
this ugliness cannot be eliminated.
Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Mostly a waste of time. Sure, we no longer make sure your pacman
database partition has enough space, but if you are using this option
you better know what you are doing anyway.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
(cherry picked from commit ee96900605)
This was noted when trying to perform an operation on a pacman database
on a read-only file system. Print the actual underlying errno string,
and only show the "you can remove" message if the lock file actually
exists.
Before:
$ pacman -Su
error: failed to init transaction (unable to lock database)
if you're sure a package manager is not already
running, you can remove /e/db.lck
After:
$ pacman -Su
error: failed to init transaction (unable to lock database)
error: could not lock database: Read-only file system
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
If one had a mountpoint at '/e' (don't ask), a file being installed to
'/etc' would map to it incorrectly. Ensure we do more than just prefix
matching on paths by doing some more sanity checks once the simple
strncmp() call succeeds.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Modify parse_options logic to fill an array instead of printing parsed
options. Avoid eval like the plague. Because it is the plague.
Fixes bugs such as FS#28445.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This reverts commit f3fa77bcf1 along with
making other necessary changes to fully back this (mis)feature out until
we can do it correctly.
The quick summary here is this was not implemented correctly; provides
are not fully taken into account in this logic, and making that happen
exposes a lot of other flaws in this code that are covered up later on
in the dependency resolving process by several other pieces of
convoluted and conditional logic.
Tests have been adjusted accordingly. Some test EXISTS conditions have
been removed as we already know the package is installed locally, and we
also are checking the VERSION condition anyway.
With these two related revert commits, we do have some changes in test
pass/fail results:
* upgrade078.py: does not pass, this is due to --recursive getting
removed for -U/-S operations after this commit.
* sync302.py: the version checks have been disabled, so this test
continues to pass but has been scaled back in scope.
* sync303.py: now passes, was failing before.
* sync304.py: still failing, was failing before.
* sync305.py: now passes, was failing before.
* sync306.py: still passes, was passing before.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This reverts commit 0903452032.
Tests affected by this revert have been adjusted; additionally a few
EXIST tests have been removed where there is already a VERSION test
doing the job for us.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This fixes a problem that occurs if you tell makepkg to remove installed
dependencies (just to be sure) but there are none. As the $ was missing
in front of deplist, the check never happened and 'pacman -Rn' was
called which obviously failed.
Dan: later reported as FS#28448.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Vigano <mail@cvigano.de>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This wonderful/awful little bash shell variable wrecks havoc on `cd`
calls in shell scripts. Unset CDPATH in makepkg where we use `cd` quite
heavily. In pacman-optimize, we can move the change directory logic into
the bsdtar call so we are left with no usages of `cd` in the script.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Fixes compilation on Gentoo, where CPPFLAGS=-I/usr/include/gpgme is
necessary.
The AC_SYS_LARGEFILE macro call has to be before the GPGME checks,
otherwise the GPGME header gives an error about ABI incompatibilities.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
alpm_trans_prepare can not return ALPM_ERR_PKG_INVALID_ARCH on a
remove operation so there is no point in checking for it.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Without setting gpgdir, testpkg outputs:
warning: Public keyring not found; have you run 'pacman-key --init'?
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Set errno to 0 at the start of _alpm_open_archive as it is not set when
archive_read_open_fd fails. This can result in _alpm_pkg_load_internal
thinking errno == ENOENT and setting the wrong pm_errno. e.g.
Before:
> testpkg pacman-4.0.1-4-i686.pkg.tar.gz.sig
error: could not open file pacman-4.0.1-4-i686.pkg.tar.gz.sig: Unrecognized archive format
Cannot find the given file.
After:
> testpkg pacman-4.0.1-4-i686.pkg.tar.gz.sig
error: could not open file pacman-4.0.1-4-i686.pkg.tar.gz.sig: Unrecognized archive format
Cannot open the given file.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This was the only variable of its kind when a define was done on the
compiler command line. Move it into config.h instead.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Some distributions insist on using bash specific commands in their
install scripts under the assumption that "sh" is a symlink to bash.
This can causes issues if (e.g.) their users what to change sh to
point at another shell, such as dash, that does not support these
features. Add a configure option to explicitly set the shell being
used to run install scripts.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
pacman -U <pkg> returns a bogus "could not find or read package" if the
file is on a fuse file system that doesn't allow root access. Debug
output isn't very helpful here either so we should log why the access
check failed.
The other 2 checks already log something when failing so logging a more
specific error won't hurt either.
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The max filesize for a delta download must be the full size of the delta
file, not just what's remaining.
Fixes FS#28345
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
PKGBUILDs are advertised as being pure bash so it would be expected
that the default bash options are in effect when sourcing it.
This inadvertantly "fixes" FS#27780 where enabling extglob causes
the bash parser to error on non-valid bash function names like
package_libxml++(). Note that these function names are unsupported
in bash and could break again even with this "fix" in future bash
releases.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
From mercurial-2.1, "hg pull" returns 1 when there are no updates.
Catch the return code and either pull the update or return an
error as appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This is after some manual massaging to fix issues with newlines in some
translations of the script catalogs.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This makes several small adjustments to our exposed method names, and in
one case, parameters. The justification here is to make methods less odd
in their naming convention. If a method takes an alpm_db_t argument, the
method should be named 'alpm_db_*', but perhaps more importantly, if it
doesn't take a database as the first parameter, it should not.
Summary of changes:
alpm_db_register_sync -> alpm_register_syncdb
alpm_db_unregister_all -> alpm_unregister_all_syncdbs
alpm_option_get_localdb -> aplpm_get_localdb
alpm_option_get_syncdbs -> aplpm_get_syncdbs
alpm_db_readgroup -> alpm_db_get_group
alpm_db_set_pkgreason -> alpm_pkg_set_reason
All methods keep the same argument list except for alpm_pkg_set_reason;
there we drop the 'handle' argument as it can be retrieved from the
passed in package object.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Don't use trailing commas in enums if people really want to use a strict
C89 compiler, and document why on earth one particular enum uses bitmask
values when it doesn't seem necessary.
With comments, shoot for more consistency. When something is a
one-liner, keep it that way and move the whole /** sequence */ to one
line. When it needs more than one line, ensure we format most of them in
a similar fashion.
Two minor function signature adjustments are made that don't change
anything other than matching the parameter name (name -> filename)
and fitting in with our coding style (type* var -> type *var).
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The pacman-scripts catalog is omitted here due to various newline errors
I don't have the time to fix right now.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We hardly need the complexity (or slowness) provided by the libm power
function; add a super-cheap one that suits our needs and is specialized
for the values we plan on passing in.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Dan: don't compute lower bound unless needed, flip argument order so
out values are last, add param Doxygen documentation.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Provide a helpful error message for when creating a source tarball
and SRCPKGDEST is not writable.
Fixes FS#28197.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Very rarely a segfault would occur when removing a number of packages
due to a corrupted list for the local database (FS#27805, FS#28195).
This was caused by the alpm_list_msort function not correctly dealing
with the two new head node's prev values.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Instead of iterating over the revocation keyfile and calling gpg once
for each key, map the file into an array and call gpg once, iterating
over this output to mark each key as revoked.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This addresses two problems:
1) echo's behavior is inconsistent when dealing with flags, and can
potentially be problematic.
$ echo -n
$ echo -- -n
-- -n
2) Always using the end of options markers prevents translated strings
from throwing errors, as shown in FS#28069.
The remaining "inconsistencies" are because printf is being used in a
guaranteed safe manner, e.g.
printf '%s\n' "$(gettext "--this can never break")"
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This "fixes" two issues:
1) MAN_DIRS contains a glob by default so should not be quoted. It is
not quoted anywhere else so this should not cause breakage...
2) the find statement returns 1 when some of MAN_DIRS are missing. This
appears to only be exposed when running makepkg as root (which it appears
some wrappers do...).
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This moves the code for removal of local database entries right into
be_local.c, which was the last user of the rmrf() function we had in our
utility source file. We can simplify the implementation and make it
non-recursive as we know the structure of the local database entries.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This is particularly important in the case of FTP control connections,
which may be closed by rogue NAT/firewall devices detecting idle
connections on larger transfers which may take 5-10+ minutes.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
With pacman-4.0, using --noconfirm or --noprogressbar with -Q or -T
results in pacman reporting an "invalid option" error. Restrict the
passing of these options to pacman. Fixes FS#28012.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The grep statement used to check for a difference between the
installed package list before and after resolving dependencies
returns 1 if there is no difference. This sets of the error
trap when "-r" is used "unnecessarily".
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
If you are a crazy developer like me and have bogus options in your
pacman.conf file, the tab completion gets messed up by the output on
stderr. Suppress it.
Fix the same basic issue in zsh_completion, thanks to the work by
Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Was able to get my hands on one of these boxes today, so add yet another
new way of doing this. I'm glad these calls are so standardized. This
was compile tested on Linux and Illumos and seems to still be working in
both places.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Rework the frontend and backend to allow passing a ratio value in for
UseDelta rather than having a hardcoded #define-d 0.7 value always used.
This is useful for those with fast connections, who would likely benefit
from tuning this ratio to lower values; it is also useful for general
testing purposes.
The libalpm API changes for this, but we do support the old config file
format with a no-value 'UseDelta' option; in this case we simply use the
old default of 0.7.
We clamp the ratio values to a sane range between 0.0 and 2.0, allowing
ratios above 1.0 for testing purposes.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The entry's name is only used when not "." or ".." so only print the
string then.
Signed-off-by: Olivier Brunel <i.am.jack.mail@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Currently, a transaction is considered to be purely package removal
until the first package install is found. This resulted in the
removed packages at the start of a combined upgrade/removal transaction
not getting the "[removal]" output.
Fixes FS#27981.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Return codes from gpg commands are currently lost. This adds the functionality
of taking non-zero exit statuses from gpg. This includes error reporting for all
gpg commands that are run individually, run in a loop, and run through a pipe.
Includes the check_keyids_exist function which verifies a key exists locally
prior to attempted local manipulation of the key.
If a gpg command has a non-zero status, pacman-key will now exit with a non-zero
status. It will print a gettext error message of gpg's failure.
Signed-off-by: canyonknight <canyonknight@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Adds functions for every gpg command. By pulling out the gpg commands from the
"program start" section, additional commands can be run before or after a
specific gpg command without adding additional clutter to the function call
section.
Adds an explicit exit status of 0 to prevent arithmetic expansions from
returning non-zero, thereby falsely causing pacman-key to have a non-zero exit
status.
This change creates the framework for additional error messages and better
exit statuses being added to every pacman-key gpg call.
Signed-off-by: canyonknight <canyonknight@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Use consistent blank lines across all commands, get rid of the
translated double newlines which only serve to confuse translators, and
fix -h/--help for that extra special third command this script offers.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
When asking question and stdin is piped, the response does not get printed out,
resulting in a missing \n and broken output (FS#27909); printing the response
fixes it.
Signed-off-by: Olivier Brunel <i.am.jack.mail@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We lost this logic somewhere between the libfetch and libcurl
transition, as it existed in the internal downloader, but was pulled
back only into the sync workflow. Add a helper function that will let us
check for existance in the filecache prior to calling the downloader.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This removes the hack I added to skip '*.sig' files earlier since there
are other files that also fall into the same bucket- source packages
from `makepkg --source`, delta files, etc. Rather than prompting for
each and every one, simply skip them. Doing '-Scc' rather than '-Sc'
will delete these files if that is really what you want to do.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We don't need to open the data to be checked if we don't have a
signature to check against, so postpone that open until we know we have
either the base64_data or a valid signature file.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
makepkg would not abort on a missing download agent due to the
output variable being declared local on the same line as the
function call in the assignment. That would result in strange output
such as:
==> Retrieving Sources...
==> ERROR: There is no agent set up to handle foo URLs. Check /etc/makepkg.conf.
Aborting...
-> Downloading foobaz...
/home/arch/code/pacman/scripts/makepkg: line 401: foo://foobaz: No such file or directory
==> ERROR: Failure while downloading foobaz
Aborting...
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Declaring the variable as local on the same line as the assignment
results in result of the assignment being returned rather than the
result of the function on the righthand side of the assignment.
Declaring the variable as local on a separate line means the result
of the function on the r.h.s. is returned and our error function
will be invoked if necessary (although it is practically impossible
to ever trigger it...).
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Simplify the source tarball generation by unifying the handling of
local and remote files. This also allows local files to be found
in $SRCDEST (FS#26580) and makepkg will abort on missing local source
files (only possible to trigger in combination with --skipinteg).
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
"invalid" in this case simply means files that may or may not be
archives. Discovered via a `pacman -Sc` operation with delta files in
the package cache directory, but can be triggered if any file is passed
to `pacman -Ql` that isn't an archive, for instance, or if the sync
database file is not an archive.
Fix it up so we are more careful about calling archive_read_finish()
only on archives that are valid and have not already been closed, and
teach our archive open function to set the returned archive to NULL if
we aren't going to be returning something valid anyway.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This adds an additional check step to find files in the local database
that claim to be owned by more than one package at once, which is
definitely not a supported setup.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
In both cases we can go with the slightly leaner <stdint.h> header
include since we aren't using the print macros.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
A look at what this does on 64 bit systems since we were using the
unnecessarily large 'unsigned long' type before even though it was 64
bits wide:
$ ~/bin/bloat-o-meter libalpm.so.old lib/libalpm/.libs/libalpm.so
add/remove: 0/0 grow/shrink: 0/4 up/down: 0/-10412 (-10412)
function old new delta
md5_finish 370 356 -14
sha2_finish 547 531 -16
md5_process 3762 2643 -1119
sha2_process 20356 11093 -9263
The code size is nearly halved in the sha2 case (44% smaller code size),
and md5 gets a nice size reduction (27% smaller) as well.
We also move base64 code to <stdint.h> types as well; we can use
'uint32_t' rather than 'unsigned long' for at least two variables in the
decode function. This doesn't net the same size benefit as the hash code
case, but it is more proper.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
PGP keyservers are pieces of sh** when it comes to searching for
subkeys, and only allow it if you submit an 8-character fingerprint
rather than the recommended and less chance of collision 16-character
fingerprint.
Add a second remote lookup for the 8-character version of a key ID if we
don't find anything the first time we look up the key. This fixes
FS#27612 and the deficiency has been sent upstream to the GnuPG users
mailing list as well.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Add 1 failing for the -Su case, and the same case using -S (and
passing).
This is based on a real (current) issue of upgrading staging chroots
with the new pacman in staging for a libarchive build, and a new
toolchain in testing.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This patch changes a variety of small things related to our pkghash
implementation with an eye toward performance, especially on native
32-bit systems.
* Use `unsigned int` rather than `size_t` for hash sizes. We already
return ERANGE for any attempted creation of a hash greater than 1
million elements, so unsigned int is more than large enough for our
purposes. Switching to this type allows 32 bit systems to do native
math without helper functions from libgcc.
* _alpm_pkghash_create() now internally adds extra padding for
additional array elements, rather than that being the responsibility of
the caller.
* #define values are moved into static const values in pkghash.c; a new
`stride` value is also extracted (but remains set at 1).
* Division and modulus operators are removed from the normal find and
add paths if possible. We store the upper limit of the number of
elements in the hash so we no longer need to calculate this every
element addition. When doing wraparound position calculations, we only
apply the modulus operator if the value is greater than the number of
buckets.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Commit 43cad9c8 made the building of all docs depend on the Makefile.
However, the Makefile is generated after running ./configure so is
always newer than any pregenerated docs. This means that people
building from released pacman tarballs are forced to rebuild the
docs (and thus have asciidoc installed). That defeats the purpose
of prebuilding the documentation. Have the documentatin depends on
Makefile.am instead as this is probably what was intended.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
be_package.c: In function 'parse_descfile':
be_package.c:181:28: error: comparison between signed and unsigned
integer expressions [-Werror=sign-compare]
ptr - key + 2 is guaranteed to be > 0 so we can cast to size_t
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Now that filelist arrays know their own size, we don't need to do the
bookkeeping we used to do when they were linked lists. Remove some of
the counter variables and use math instead.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This reduces the number of functions we call by log(n) in this function,
and the inlined version is trivial and barely increases the size of the
function.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We don't need absolute floating point precision at all here; we can
stick to integer land and use milliseconds which are precise enough for
our purposes. This also removes most floating point math out of the
non-update code path.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This reduces the number of regcomp() calls when parsing delta entries in
the database from once per entry to once for the entire context handle
by storing the compiled regex data on the handle itself. Just as we do
with the cURL handle, we initialize it the first time it is needed and
free it when releasing the handle.
A few other small tweaks to the parsing function also take place,
including using the stack to store the transient and short file size
string while parsing it.
When parsing a sync database with 1378 delta entries, this reduces the
time of a `pacman -Sl deltas` operation by 50% from 0.22s to 0.12s.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
In commit 4c5e7af32f, we changed this code to use the regex gathered
substrings. However, we failed to correctly store the delta file name
(leaking memory), as well as freeing the temporary string used to hold
the file size string.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
More than likely the compiler will do the three operation breakdown we
had here before (2 shifts + subtraction), but let the compiler do the
optimizations and make the actual operation more obvious. This actually
slightly shrinks the function binary size, likely due to instruction
reordering or something.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The current calculation of the total file size for a package using "du"
suffers from issues in portability and correctness. Especially on btrfs,
this can result in clearly wrong package information such as:
Download Size : 14684.29 KiB
Installed Size : 7628.00 KiB
Use an approach based on "stat" to calculate total file size.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Using the value of "SKIP" in the checksum array will cause that
integrity check to be skipped. This makes building packages that
rely on user configurable sources less painful.
Based-on-patch-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Based-on-patch-by: David Campbell <davekong@archlinux.us>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Add "--help"/"-h" and "--version"/"-V" support to all contrib scripts.
Also, update scripts that used "-v" as a short option for "--version"
and use "-V" for the sake of consistency.
Additionally:
* Move version and usage messages to separate convenience functions in
all scripts.
* Add a workaround to paccache to support "--help" and "--version". This
should be replaced by a proper POSIX-compliant command line parser
that supports long options in a future patch.
* Add a "$myver" variable to all scripts and use it whenever we refer to
the program version (e.g. in version messages). Also, use the pacman
version number everywhere instead of using a different versioning
scheme for each contrib script. This is achieved by adding a
"PACKAGE_VERSION" placeholder that is replaced by sed(1) when the
script is built.
* Ensure we always return with exit status 0 if "--help" is used and
return with exit status 1 if we display the usage message due to
invalid arguments.
* Add "AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = std-options" and add all scripts to
"bin_SCRIPTS" to make `make installcheck` check that installed scripts
actually support the "--help" and "--version" options.
Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This implies following changes:
* contrib scripts can be built and installed easily by running make(1)
in "contrib/". This removes the need to pick all contrib scripts
manually when packaging pacman-contrib.
* contrib scripts will no longer be built when running make(1) in the
top level source directory. This seems like the most natural approach.
We install those separately and should act the same when building
stuff.
Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This eliminates the need for strtrim() usage completely, instead relying
on the fact that the only allowed delimiter between key and value is the
" = " string.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Extract the actual unlinking of files into a new method, which
eliminates a goto used for flow control. Also fix up a few small issues
in the code:
* Unnecessary (unsigned long) cast, use '%zd' instead
* Total up errors returned from unlink_file calls and return to caller
* Be consistent with scriptlets- we run pre_remove on dbonly, so we
should also run post_remove. Both can be disabled by way of the
--noscriptlet argument.
* Don't pass an invalid pointer to oldpkg to the event callbacks;
instead call the callback before we free the object.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Instead of returning the same value as the parameter to this function,
return the length of the string, which can be useful to the caller when
its non-zero (e.g. to find the end of the string).
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Pacman assumes that the final character of a line specifing a repo
in pacman.conf is a "]". But it did not clean whitespace from the
line after removing any comments. So lines like:
[allanbrokeit] # could break system
caused pacman not to recognize the repo. Adjust config parsing to
strip comments before trimming whitespace from the end of the string.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Used in alpm_compute_md5sum() and alpm_compute_sha256sum().
Signed-off-by: Diogo Sousa <diogogsousa@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Ensures that config.h is always ordered correctly (first) in the
includes. Also means that new source files get this for free without
having to remember to add it.
We opt for -imacros over -include as its more portable, and the
added constraint by -imacros doesn't bother us for config.h.
This also touches the HACKING file to remove the explicit mention of
config.h as part of the includes.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Mostly a waste of time. Sure, we no longer make sure your pacman
database partition has enough space, but if you are using this option
you better know what you are doing anyway.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
It is quite easy to hoist this potentially repeated computation out of
the loop; even if we don't end up using it, it is super cheap to do it
only once.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The return should probably be checked to ensure its not longer than
PATH_MAX, but I have no idea what the correct behavior is when that
happens.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
pacsysclean sort installed packages by decreasing installed size. It's
useful for finding large unused package when doing system clean-up. This
script is an improved version of other similar scripts posted on the
forums. Thanks goes to Dan for fixing and improving my original script.
Signed-off-by: Eric Bélanger <snowmaniscool@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Allows renamed .asc/.sig files to be still discovered by makepkg. This
is needed for a package such as PuTTY, which provides abnormally named
sig files (.DSA and .RSA) which are valid input for gpg --verify.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
If someone specifies a bogus line such as
pacman -S baz adsf/boo base-devel
we are better off trying to process all targets and showing all relevant
errors before exiting. This is easier in -U and -R operations where we
aren't dealing with groups, but here we attempt to skip group selection
once we know a target has errored to avoid cluttering the output and
hiding the real problem.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
If an early target fails, we stopped processing the rest of the list. We
should continue all the way through and show relevant errors for each
target if possible, and error out only at the end.
We do process all targets to check for URLs first and will error out if
some could not be processed; we then do a second loop and try to load
each target specified on the command line.
This mirrors a patch by Allan to do the same for removal operations.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
On a removal operation, pacman currently reports an error for the
package that is not found in the database and then exists. Adjust
so that all unknown packages are reported.
Before:
> pacman -R foo bar
error: 'foo': target not found
After:
> pacman -R foo bar
error: 'foo': target not found
error: 'bar': target not found
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This converts our script generation to use the built-in AM_V_GEN macro,
which honors the V= setting passed to make and allows one to see the
full command if they truly desire. The AM_V_at macro is also used in
place of an explicit @ so verbose-mode compiles show all commands being
run.
We can also use these two macros in doc generation to quiet it down to
the level we expect.
Other minor changes:
* a pointless test call is removed in test/pacman/tests/
* sed is used instead of dos2unix as we depend on it anyway
* consecutive chmod calls are reduced to a single call (e.g., '+x,a-x')
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Since we know the length of the line, we can use this all the way
through and do a cheaper operation than strdup() by just invoking malloc
and memcpy directly.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Be more semantically accurate and avoid accidental overwriting of some
configuration variables that are considered to be constant.
Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Add a read-only variable "$myname" to every contrib script and hardcode
program names instead of relying on "$0". The variable name "$myname"
was chosen because it is already used in pacman and because we use
"$myver" to specify the program version in the official scripts.
Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This is awesome, and I don't know why we haven't already done this. It
gives us the much more less verbose make output in a few different ways:
* If you run `make V=0`, you will get the quiet output.
* If you run `./configure --enable-silent-rules`, the quiet output is
the default; verbose output can be had by passing V=1 to make.
make[3]: Entering directory `/home/dmcgee/projects/pacman/lib/libalpm'
CC add.lo
CC be_local.lo
CC be_package.lo
CC be_sync.lo
CC delta.lo
.....
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We were using the size of a pointer, not the size of the whole
archive_read_buffer struct. Thanks to Clang/LLVM 3.0 and Allan/Dave in
IRC for finding this one.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This prevents user error in adding a file generated via `gpg --sign`
rather than `--detach-sign`, for example. The same 16KiB limit is used
we use in our pacman download code.
The section is moved above the checksum generation to avoid presenting
info messages to the user if the signature isn't valid.
Addresses a shortcoming pointed out in FS#27453.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We had a 16 KiB limit on database signatures, we should do the same here
too to have a slight sanity check, even if we can't do so for the
package itself yet.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Be consistent with all other contrib scripts and support the "--help"
command line switch. Fixes FS#27258.
Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Whereas comm will check inputs to see if they're sorted (and warn when
they aren't), grep doesn't even care about ordering. In this particular
instance -- neither do we. We're only interested that the two lists are
equivalent.
Fixes FS#26580.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Both currently marked as failing.
* sync303.py encapsulates the broken behavior reported in FS#27214.
* sync304.py shows how packages depending on a specific version of a
package in SyncFirst can cause breakage of the dependency resolver.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We do this in several of the package duplication steps; add a helper
function for doing so to reduce some of the repetitive code.
Also add a free_deplist function for our repeated depend list free calls
of both the data and the list.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Made existing documentation more consistent and added
documentation where there was none. One function still
needs documentation and is marked with 'TODO'.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Add support for overriding configuration in /etc/makepkg.conf and
~/.makepkg.conf by setting the environment variable PACKAGER similar to
how SRCDEST and PKGDEST behave.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
This addresses a short but sweet race condition currently existing in
repo-add and repo-remove. We do the smart thing and zip the database to
a location in a temporary directory and not over the original database
directly. However, we then proceed to move this file directly from the
temporary directory to our final location, which is more than likely a
cross-filesystem move (/tmp on tmpfs) and thus non-atomic.
Instead, zip the file to the same directory, prefixing the filename with
'.tmp.'. We then move the file into place. This move is guaranteed to be
atomic, so any reader of the database file will get either the old
version, the new version, or ENOENT.
We also perform a hardlink if possible instead of a move when shifting
the old database out of the way to '.old'; this ensures there is no
chance of a database file not existing during the whole process.
Only one small race condition should now be present- when the database
has been fully moved into place and the signature has not, you may see a
mismatch. There seems to be no good way to address this, and it existed
before this patch.
A final note- if someone had locked-down permissions on the directory
that the database files are in (e.g., could only write to foo.db.tar.gz,
foo.db, foo.db.tar.gz.old, foo.db.old, and the lock file), this would
break.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Given our semi-frequent use of pushd/popd, if we are in any directory
but the original and the database path given was relative, we won't
unlock the database file when cleaning up after an error.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
* Add last-minute changes to NEWS
* Don't treat '_' or '_n' special in scripts when finding translatable
strings; this breaks with one use of `read` and a dummy _ variable
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This applies to pkgver, pkgrel, and epoch and ensures that any trailing
whitespace outside of the context of the variable declaration itself is
properly trimmed. The Bash parser will ignore this, and so should we.
We don't need to worry about leading space because it would force a
syntax error, or fail validation.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This moves the common setup code of about 5 different callers into one
method. Error messages will now be common and shared in all places;
several paths did not have any messages at all before.
In addition, we now pick an ideal block size for the archive read based
off the larger value of our default buffer size or the st.st_blksize
field. For a filesystem such as NFS, this is often much larger than the
default 8192- values such as 32768 and 131072 are common.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
When doing a bare -U operation on a local package that doesn't pull in
any dependencies from the sync databases, we can get away with missing
database files. This makes the check conditional on no sync targets
found in the target list. This is not the prettiest code here so we have
a bit of hackish behavior required to straighten both the behavior and
the nonsensical error message out.
Addresses FS#26899.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Commit e7b56f48 allowed makepkg to handle pgp signatures with the
.sign extension. Update the man page to reflect this.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This is consistent with the other enums and structs, and should be
slightly more readable.
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Conder <jonno.conder@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Bump the version, update the translation template files, and fill in
NEWS with relevant commits and changes since 4.0.0.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This is work originally provided by Sascha Kruse on FS#20360 with only
minor adjustments to the implementation. It's been expanded to cover:
NoUpgrade, NoExtract, IgnorePkg, IgnoreGroup.
Adds tests ignore008, sync139, sync502, and sync503.
Also satisfies FS#18988.
Original-work-by: Sascha Kruse <knopwob@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
This is a simple change that allows comparions to be more in line with
how other checks are done. It will be necessary for ensuing patchwork
that implements fnmatch for comparing and assumes a specific argument
ordering.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
This prevent bsdtar from exploding when install= or changelog= are
present without a value.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Detached sgnature files with extension .sign are accepted by gnupg.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Allan's original message: Occasionally when the download rate showed
100.0 the output got messed up. This was caused by the rounding of a
number between 99.95 and 100. Adjust the threshold to avoid this
rounding issue.
Dan: make this fix, but also show values between 0 and 9.995 with two
decimal places since we have the room.
Original-fix-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The point of this early compare to NULL byte check was so we could bail
early and skip the strcmp() call. Given we weren't doing the check
right, this never exited early. Fix it to work as intended.
Noticed-by: Pepe Juárez <trulustapa@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This is a trivial operation that doesn't require calling a function over
and over- just do some math and indexing into a character array.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This gives us a bit more control and over the archive reading process,
and a bit less is done behind the scenes. It also allows us to use
fstat() in preference to stat(), which should avoid some potential race
conditions.
Some reorganization is necessary to move the stat calls after the open()
calls. Error handling and cleanup in general is also improved, as we had
several potential memory and file handle leaks before in some error
paths.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This removes an unnecessary level of buffering. We are not doing
line-based I/O here, so we can read in blocks of 8K at a time directly
from the file.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Replacing the strdup when after the first NULL check assures that we get
continue with payload->remote_name defined.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Dan: fix mask calculation, add it to the success/fail block instead.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This takes the place of three previously used constants:
ARCHIVE_DEFAULT_BYTES_PER_BLOCK, BUFFER_SIZE, and CPBUFSIZE.
In libarchive 3.0, the first constant will be no more, so we can ensure
we are forward-compatible by removing our usage of it now. The rest are
unified for consistency.
By default, we will use the value of BUFSIZ provided by <stdio.h>, which
is 8192 on Linux. If that is undefined, a default value is provided.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Doesn't do a whole lot of good to compare against values that are never
set. Fixes bug where -vvv output wasn't grouping packages together
properly.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
There aretwo seperate issues in the same block of file conflict
checking code here:
1) If realpath errored, such as when a symlink was broken, we would call
'continue' rather than simply exit this particular method of
resolution. This was likely just a copy-paste mistake as the previous
resolving steps all use loops where continue makes sense. Refactor
the check so we only proceed if realpath is successful, and continue
with the rest of the checks either way.
2) The real problem this code was trying to solve was canonicalizing
path component (e.g., directory) symlinks. The final component, if
not a directory, should not be handled at all in this loop. Add a
!S_ISLNK() condition to the loop so we only call this for real files.
There are few other small cleanups to the debug messages that I made
while debugging this problem- we don't need to keep printing the file
name, and ensure every block that sets resolved_conflict to true prints
a debug message so we know how it was resolved.
This fixes the expected failures from symlink010.py and symlink011.py,
while still ensuring the fix for fileconflict007.py works.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
These should all prevent installation, and yet two of the three tests
currently fail. Not good.
The best way to see what is going on here is to diff the three new tests
side by side- there is only a small difference between the three tests,
and that is in the destination of the symlink in question that should
never be overwritten.
symlink010.py: myprogsuffix -> myprog
symlink011.py: myprogsuffix -> broken
symlink012.py: myprogsuffix -> otherprog
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
There is some pecular behavior going on here when a package is loaded
that has no files, as is very common in our test suite. When we enter
the realloc/sort code, a package without files will call the following:
files = realloc(NULL, 0);
One would assume this is a no-op, returning a NULL pointer, but that is
not the case and valgrind later reports we are leaking memory. Fix the
whole thing by skipping the reallocation and sort steps if the pointer
is NULL, as we have nothing to do.
Note that the package still gets marked as 'files loaded', becuase
although there were none, we tried and were successful.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
First, use fstat() in preference to stat() since we already have an open
file handle. This also removes the need to check for a symlink as that
is not possible when a file is opened.
Next, use archive_entry_mode() rather than archive_entry_stat() as we
only use the mode portion of the stat struct and the call is much
cheaper. Also delay it until it is necessary.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Extend the return values of compute_download_size to allow callers to
know that a .part file exists for the package.
This extra value isn't currently used, but it'll be needed later on.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The fix for -Wl,--as-needed in commit b0f9477f assumes that
--as-needed/--no-as-needed is the only option given in a -Wl line.
However, it is perfectly valid to specify multiple flags comma
separated after a single -Wl (e.g. the default LDFLAGS in Arch
Linux makepkg.conf).
Adjust the fix so it detect --as-needed in a more general context
> readelf -d lib/libalpm/.libs/libalpm.so.?.?.? | grep NEEDED | wc -l
Before: 13
After: 5
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Update for libtool-2.4.2 while keeping the fix for --as-needed from
commit b0f9477f.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This adds a logger to the CURLE_OK case so we can always know the return
code if it was >= 400, and debug log it regardless. Also adjust another
logger to use the cURL error message directly, as well as use fstat()
when we have an open file handle rather than stat().
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
On -R operations, the "New Version" column is always empty, taking up
space and not really showing the user anything valuable. The same is
true on -S or -U operations for the "Old Version" column when packages
are only being installed and not upgraded.
Remove this column so we get a few screen columns back, especially now
that we show repo/packagename style output. This also makes some
adjustment to the padding logic. We no longer include padding in column
widths but it is included in the total table width. We also ensure the
last displayed column is always right aligned, even if this is not the
actual rightmost column.
Example output, before:
$ sudo pacman -R eclipse
checking dependencies...
Targets (1):
Name Old Version New Version Net Change
eclipse 3.7-1 -194.02 MiB
Total Removed Size: 194.02 MiB
And after:
$ sudo pacman -R eclipse
checking dependencies...
Targets (1):
Name Old Version Net Change
eclipse 3.7-1 -194.02 MiB
Total Removed Size: 194.02 MiB
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This only applies to the VerbosePkgLists option. Lessens the
deficiencies created by earlier work to separate download records by
repository.
Satisfies FS#26334.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Create a new static function called 'download_single_file' which
iterates over the servers for each payload.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This is done by both the delta and regular file code, so we can extract
a little helper method. Done mostly to satisfy my "why are we repeating
code here" itch.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Break out the logic of finding payloads into a separate static function
to avoid nesting mayhem. After gathering all the records, download them
all at once.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
These can either be replaced with pm_printf() if they are error related,
or in the fprintf(stdout, ...) case a bare printf() will do.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Now that pm_printf() always prints to stderr, we don't need this second
function that was always used with stderr as the first argument. Thus,
this patch removes the function and makes the following sed replacement:
sed -i -e 's#pm_fprintf(stderr, #pm_printf(#g' src/pacman/*.c
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This matches what we now do in our backend callback function- all
debug/info/warning/error/etc. messages should be on stderr. These are
all the messages with a "warning:" or other type prefix, so does not
affect general pacman output.
This should fix the output confusion noted in FS#26555.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The default is supposidely 30 seconds from the gpg manpage, but that
sure wasn't what I was seeing- it was somewhere closer to two minutes of
silence. Add a more reasonable 10 second timeout value which should be
good enough for any keyserver that doesn't totally stink at it's job.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The absolutely terrible part about this is the failure on GPGME's part
to distinguish between "key not found" and "keyserver timeout". Instead,
it returns the same silly GPG_ERR_EOF in both cases (why isn't
GPG_ERR_TIMEOUT being used?), leaving us helpless to tell them apart.
Spit out a generic enough error message that covers both cases;
unfortunately we can't provide much guidance to the user because we
aren't sure what actually happened.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This logic is reused in both diskspace and downloadspace check
functions, so pull it out into its own static method.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This function determines if the given cachedir has at least the given
amount of free space on it. This will be later used in the sync code to
preemptively halt downloads.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We can take a large shortcut here that saves us a lot of time,
especially when upgrading packages with lots of directories. Obviously
iterating the full file list of every single package to determine if
this directory was present in any other package can take quite some time
on a system with many packages installed. We don't need to remove a
directory at all if we are upgrading a package and the version we are
moving to still had the directory.
Also make a small optimization on the package comparsion- we really only
care about equality here, not the result of the compare, so we can
shortcut using our name_hash.
What kind of benefit does this give us? Oh, only a reduction from 295.7
million to 1.4 million strcmp() calls (99.5% fewer) during a
`pacman -S linux libreoffice-common` operation.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This is not something that should be used on a frequent basis, and
giving it a short option encourages use without making the drawbacks
obvious. For the 1% of situations that require it, the 5 extra
keystrokes are a fair price to pay.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This replaces several printf calls of the following styles:
printf("%s", ...);
printf("some fixed string");
printf("x");
We can use either fputs() or putchar() here to do the same thing
without incurring the overhead of the printf format parser.
The biggest gain here comes when we are calling the print function in a
loop repeatedly; notably when printing local package files.
$ /usr/bin/time ./pacman-before -Ql | md5sum
0.25user 0.04system 0:00.30elapsed 98%CPU
$ /usr/bin/time ./pacman-after -Ql | md5sum
0.17user 0.06system 0:00.25elapsed 94%CPU
$ /usr/bin/time ./pacman-before -Qlq | md5sum
0.20user 0.05system 0:00.26elapsed 98%CPU
$ /usr/bin/time ./pacman-after -Qlq | md5sum
0.15user 0.05system 0:00.23elapsed 93%CPU
So '-Ql' shows a 17% improvement while '-Qlq' shows a 13% improvement on
382456 total files.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This is in the realm of "probably not going to happen", but if someone
were to translate "disk" to a string longer than 256 characters, we
would have a smashed/corrupted stack due to our unchecked strcpy() call.
Rework the function to always length-check the value we copy into the
hostname buffer, and do it with memcpy rather than the more cumbersome
and unnecessary snprintf.
Finally, move the magic 256 value into a constant and pass it into the
function which is going to get inlined anyway.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
* Make all docs depend on Makefile; if we change flags here we want them
rebuilt.
* Add explicit filenames to .gitignore so we can add our own CSS
override file, and add an asciidoc-override.css resource.
* Adjust a few asciidoc options when generating HTML.
* Remove asciidoc-manpage.css; apparantly this doesn't exist anymore.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Replace "/tmp" with "${TMPDIR:-/tmp}" to allow for overriding the
hardcoded path.
Since we only use "/tmp" in conjunction with mktemp(1), we could also
have used "--tmpdir", which is GNU-ish, however (and the BSD counterpart
"-t" has been deprecated in GNU mktemp).
Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This includes some fixes to the messages that are displayed when a
signal is caught in makepkg or repo-add:
* Instead of always showing "==> ERROR: TERM signal caught. Exiting...",
replace "TERM" by whatever signal is actually caught.
* Fix a typo in the SIGERR error message in repo-add ("occurred" instead
of "occured"). Francois already fixed this for makepkg in 1e51b81c.
Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
There is a small chance that a user sends SIGINT (or any other signal
that is trapped) when we're already in clean_up() which used to lead to
trap_exit() being executed and the remaining code in clean_up() being
skipped due to the bash signal/trap handler blocking EXIT (since its
handler is already being executed, even if it's interrupted).
In practice, this behaviour caused unexpected results (primarily because
pressing ^C at the wrong time left a lock file behind):
$ ./repo-add extra.db.tar.gz foobar
==> Extracting database to a temporary location...
^C
==> ERROR: Aborted by user! Exiting...
$ ./repo-add extra.db.tar.gz foobar
==> Extracting database to a temporary location...
==> ERROR: File 'foobar' not found.
==> No packages modified, nothing to do.
^C
==> ERROR: Aborted by user! Exiting...
$ ./repo-add extra.db.tar.gz foobar
==> ERROR: Failed to acquire lockfile: extra.db.tar.gz.lck.
==> ERROR: Held by process 18522
Fix this and reduce the chance of race conditions in signal handlers by:
* Unhooking all traps in both clean_up() and trap_exit().
* Call clean_up() explicitly in trap_exit() to make sure we remove the
lock file and the temporary directory even if we send SIGINT when
clean_up() is already being executed but didn't reach the unhook code
yet.
Also, add an optional parameter to clean_up() to allow for setting an
explicit exit code when we call clean_up() from trap_exit().
Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This one is pretty darn useless. Just derefence the ->data attribute
since the type is public anyway and save yourself the function call.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This will be useful when extending disk space checks to free space
checking before we download package files.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Instead of iterating character by character, use memchr() calls to
hopefully speed up the search. A newline is the most likely culprit, so
search for that first followed by a NULL byte if there was no newline in
the buffer.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
In the default configuration, we can enter the signing code but still
have nothing to do with GPGME- for example, if database signatures are
optional but none are present. Delay initialization of GPGME until we
know there is a signature file present or we were passed base64-encoded
data.
This also makes debugging with valgrind a lot easier as you don't have
to deal with all the GPGME error noise because their code leaks like a
sieve.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This had the unfortunate implementation detail that depended on the
strings having 1 byte == 1 column hold true. As we know, this is not at
all the case once you move past the base ASCII character set.
Reimplement this whole thing so it doesn't depend on format strings at
all. Instead, simply calculate the max column widths, and then when
displaying each row add the correct amount of padding using UTF-8 safe
string length functions.
Before:
名字 旧版本新版本 净变化 下载大小
libgee 0.6.2.1-1 0.60 MiB 0.10 MiB
libsocialweb 0.25.19-2 1.92 MiB 0.23 MiB
folks 0.6.3.2-1 1.38 MiB 0.25 MiB
After:
名字 旧版本 新版本 净变化 下载大小
libgee 0.6.2.1-1 0.60 MiB 0.10 MiB
libsocialweb 0.25.19-2 1.92 MiB 0.23 MiB
folks 0.6.3.2-1 1.38 MiB 0.25 MiB
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
If you need zero-filled allocations, call CALLOC() instead.
This was from the original definition of these macros in commit
cc754bc6e3be0f3; hopefully our code is in the shape it needs to be to
switch this behavior.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
These backup-related paths in package extraction are used on relatively
few files during the install process, so bump them off the stack and
into the heap. This removes the artificial PATH_MAX limitation on their
length as well.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This will always be a 64-bit signed integer rather than the variable length
time_t type. Dates beyond 2038 should be fully supported in the library; the
frontend still lags behind because 32-bit platforms provide no localtime64()
or equivalent function to convert from an epoch value to a broken down time
structure.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This prepares the function to handle values past year 2038. The return type
is still limited to 32-bits on 32-bit systems; this will be adjusted in a
future patch.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We have a few incomplete translations, but these should be addressable
before the 4.0.1 maint release that is surely not that far in the
future.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Similar to what we did in edd9ed6a, disconnect the relationship with our
stack allocated error buffer from the curl handle. Just as an FTP
connection might have some network chatter on teardown causing the
progress callback to be triggered, we might also hit an error condition
that causes curl to write to our (now out of scope) error buffer.
I'm unable to reproduce FS#26327, but I have a suspicion that this
should fix it.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Our error message used to be very unclear when the configuration file
could not be found:
$ ./pactree -lsr gtk
error: failed to register sync DBs
Instead, display an accurate message and include the file name:
$ ./pactree -lsr gtk
error: config file /usr/local/etc/pacman.conf could not be read
Also, move the error message inside register_syncs() to allow for
differentiating between different errors that might require a handler in
the future.
Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This allows for specifying an alternate configuration file path, similar
to pacman's "--config" option.
Given that there is currently no other way to tell pactree to read from
another configuration file (except for patching or symlinking), this
seems totally sensible - even if there are plans to refactor and/or
replace the standalone configuration file parser.
We do not define a short option for the sake of consistency with
pacman's set of command line options.
Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Inline comments after pkgver or pkgrel would cause the sanity
checks to fail so remove them before checking the value.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Make the output into a single block and add separators at the end
so that they do not merge into each other.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The original code- pkg_dir="$(echo $pac_db/$pkg_name-[0-9]*)" is
problematic in several ways:
- $pac_db and $pkg_name should be quoted, obviously.
- It assumes pkgver always starts with an integer, while in fact
it just can't contain ':' and '-'.
Counterexample: the code breaks on lshw B.02.15-1.
- It assumes there are no more than one directory matching the
pattern. While this should be the case if everything works
perfectly, it certainly relies on external conditions.
Counterexample: if the local db contains two packages named
foo and foo-3g, even if everything else is perfect, the code
will match two directories.
Don't make assumptions, use what is known.
Signed-off-by: lolilolicon <lolilolicon@gmail.com>
This includes:
- Quoting fixes.
- Drop deprecated mktemp option -p.
- Set extglob nullglob shell options at the top.
- Use extended globbing instead of regex to match %HEADER% in pacman db.
Signed-off-by: lolilolicon <lolilolicon@gmail.com>
Another style change. The [[ expression ]] form is particularly
cleaner, safer and more powerful than the [ expression ] form.
Signed-off-by: lolilolicon <lolilolicon@gmail.com>
As every piece of code in the whole project uses TAB as indentation
character, bacman shouldn't be an exception.
Signed-off-by: lolilolicon <lolilolicon@gmail.com>
This will have to be picked up downstream of course, but addresses
FS#25684 now that this is a lot faster in 4.0 than it was in the
original 3.5 implementation.
Also make curl the first XferCommand listed, as we are moving away from
any other download program at this point.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This makes the maintainer's life (read: my life) a lot easier when
updating translation files to push to Transifex.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This allows it to serve double-duty. In order to allow users to base
verification decisions off of both a valid signature and a trusted
signature, we need to assign some level of owner trust to the keys we
designate as trusted on import.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
* --import now only imports keys from pubkey.gpg and does not import
owner trust; if you want to have both simply run the operations in
sequence.
* --import-trustdb has been simplified; it will overwrite existing
values in the trust database as before, but there is no need to export
it first as those values are safe if left untouched.
* Fix the manpage referring to a non-existent option.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
If PKGEXT is not one of the recognized tar*'s, create_package() would
create an empty package file and fail, since bsdtar on the left side of
the pipe returns 141 on SIGPIPE (broken pipe).
This patch changes the behavior for an invalid PKGEXT. A warning is
printed on stderr, and a tar file is created. Also retire the obsolete
$EXT variable.
Add the obligatory comment why we don't use bsdtar's compression.
Finally, fix mixed-tab-space indentation.
Signed-off-by: lolilolicon <lolilolicon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Expose the current static get_pkgpath() function internally to the rest
of the library as _alpm_local_db_pkgpath(). This allows use of this
convenience function in add.c and remove.c when forming the path to the
scriptlet location.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Add an is_archive parameter to reduce the amount of black magic going
on. Rework to use fewer PATH_MAX sized local variables, and simplify
some of the logic where appropriate in both this function and in the
callers where duplicate calls can be replaced by some conditional
parameter code.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Always quote the right-hand side of expression when the == or != operator
is used, unless intended as a pattern.
Signed-off-by: lolilolicon <lolilolicon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Declare and initialize integer variables 'needsroot' and 'verbose'.
Don't use the fact that (( undefined_variable )) evaluates to 0.
Signed-off-by: lolilolicon <lolilolicon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
We're ill equipped to be using this flag as we don't trap and respond to
the ERR signal. The result is that if is ever tripped, pacman-key will
instantly exit with no indication of why. At the same time, we're
already fairly good about doing our own error checking and verbalizing
it before dying.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This prevents the error trap being set off when GPGDir is commented
in pacman.conf. Bug introduced in 507b01b9.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Printing all of "Installed", "Removed" and "Net Upgrade" sizes is
redundant as the difference of the first two is the last. Instead,
only print "Installed Size" and "Net Upgrade Size" when both the
installed and removed are non-zero.
This results in the following output in the following cases:
- package installation only: Installed Size
- package removal only: Removed Size
- package installation involving replacement: Installed + Net Upgrade Size
- package upgrade: Installed + Net Upgrade Size
- combination upgrade and installation: Installed + Net Upgrade Size
Download Size remains outputted whenever something is downloaded.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Verify the argument to -k is a non-negative integer. Leading zeros
are simply stripped.
'declare -i keep' allowed the argument to -k to be any arithmetic
evaluation expression. The simple assignment 'keep=$OPTARG' triggers
arithmetic evaluation implicitly, which can either consume a huge amount
of resources with input such as '2**2**32' or immediately produce an error
on invalid input. Instead, we simply 'declare -- keep' and avoid all that.
Signed-off-by: lolilolicon <lolilolicon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Printing "[removal]" beside all package names is redundant when all
packages are being removed (i.e. when using -R).
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
This is a poor place for it, and it will likely move again in the
future, but it's better to have it here than as a static variable.
Initialization of this variable is now no longer necessary as its
zeroed on creation of the payload struct.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Always quote the right-hand side of expression when the == or != operator
is used, unless intended as a pattern.
Signed-off-by: lolilolicon <lolilolicon@gmail.com>
Always quote the righthand side of expression when the == or != operator
is used, unless intended as a pattern. Quoting bash(1):
When the == and != operators are used, the string to the right of the
operator is considered a pattern. Any part of the pattern may be quoted
to force it to be matched as a string.
Signed-off-by: lolilolicon <lolilolicon@gmail.com>
This also fixes a memory leak and makes the dual-purpose "rows" variable
go away in favor of storing the rows and non-verbose names separately.
This also fixes some potential memory leaks and/or wrong behavior due to
the config->verbosepkglists flag being flipped, which we should never be
doing.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This was done to squash a memory leak in the sync database download
code. When we downloaded a database and then reused the payload struct,
we could find ourselves calling get_fullpath() for the signatures and
overwriting non-freed values we had left over from the database
download.
Refactor the payload_free function into a payload_reset function that we
can call that does NOT free the payload itself, so we can reuse payload
structs. This also allows us to move the payload to the stack in some
call paths, relieving us of the need to alloc space.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Rather than always initializing it on any handle creation. There are
several frontend operations (search, info, etc.) that never need the
download code, so spending time initializing this every single time is a
bit silly. This makes it a bit more like the GPGME code init path.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The prompt can be rather confusing otherwise when all files have already
been downloaded, but there is not a single total size listed.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Better scoping of variables for the most part, and ensure we are using
string_length() and not strlen() as appropriate. Also refactor the
longest cell code to call string_length() a lot less; by simply using an
array of max sizes we don't have to recompute values nearly as much.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
For getcols(), the functions we call return a value of type 'unsigned
short', so it makes sense for us to do the same.
string_length() is meant to behave like strlen(), so it should return
type size_t. This exposes other functions such as indentprint() which
should also be using signed return types.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We now label the old 'Size' column as 'Net Change' to reflect the
reality of what we are looking at. Sync operations now get an additional
'Download Size' column.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This allows us to sort the output list by showing all pulled
dependencies first, followed by the explicitly specified targets.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Rather than free them right away, keep the list on the transaction as
we already do with add and remove lists. This is necessary because we
may be manipulating pointers the frontend needs to refer to packages,
and we are breaking our contract as stated in the alpm_add_pkg()
documentation of only freeing packages at the end of a transaction.
This fixes an issue found when refactoring the package list display
code.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This is definitely not in the normal hot path, so we can afford to do
some temporary heap allocation here.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
No wonder these were slower than expected. We were only reading 4
(32-bit) or 8 (64-bit) bytes at a time and feeding it to the hash
functions. Define a buffer size constant and use it correctly so we feed
8K at a time into the hashing algorithm.
This cut one larger `-Sw --noconfirm` operation, with nothing to
actually download so only timing integrity, from 3.3s to 1.7s.
This has been broken since the original commit eba521913d introducing
OpenSSL usage for crypto hash functions. Boy do I feel stupid.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
In the sync code, we explicitly allocated a string for this field, while
in the dload code itself it was filled in with a pointer to another
string. This led to a memory leak in the sync download case.
Make remote_name non-const and always explicitly allocate it. This patch
ensures this as well as uses malloc + snprintf (rather than calloc) in
several codepaths, and eliminates the only use of PATH_MAX in the
download code.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This commit was made with the intent of displaying "correctly" sorted
package lists to users. Here are some reasons I think this is incorrect:
* It is done in the wrong place. If a frontend application wants to show
a different order of packages dependent on locale, it should do that
on its own.
* Even if one wants a locale-specific order, almost all package names
are all ASCII and language agnostic, so this different comparison
makes little sense and may serve only to confuse people.
* _alpm_pkg_cmp was unlike any other comparator function. None of the
rest had any dependency on anything but the content of the structs
being compared (e.g., they only used strcmp() or other basic
comparison operators).
This reverts commit 3e4d2c3aa6.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
There was only one simple to handle case where we left a field
uninitialized; set it to NULL and use malloc() instead.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
In every case we were calling calloc, the struct we allocated (or the
memory to be used) is fully specified later in the method.
For alpm_list_t allocations, we always set all of data, next, and prev.
For list copying and transforming to an array, we always copy the entire
data element, so no need to zero it first.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
If '-' isn't the last item, it's interpreted as a range and not
literally, causing problematic behavior in parsing optdepends.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
I'm really good at breaking this on a regular basis. If only we had some
sort of automated testing for this...
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
In the sync download code, we added an early check in 6731d0a940 for
sync download server existence so we wouldn't show the same error over
and over for each file to be downloaded. Move this check into the
download block so we only run it if there are actually files that need
to be downloaded for this repository.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
When we switched to a file object and not just a simple string, we missed an
update along the way here in target-target conflicts. This patch looks
large, but it really comes down to one errant (char *) cast before that has
been reworked to explicitly point to the alpm_file_t object. The rest is
simply code cleanup.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Keep the non-zero return val to let the caller know that the key wasn't
found.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Many PKGBUILDs use formatting whitespace when specifying optdepends.
This is removed when adding a package to a repo-database so the
output of "pacman -Si <package>" and "pacman -Qip <package file>"
becomes inconsistent. Instead, do the adjustment when creating
the .PKGINFO file.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Allow the specification of versioned optdepends with an epoch.
This also (partially) enforces a whitespace between ":" and the
description which is required for the future optdepends parsing
code.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
* All errors now go to stderr, so do the same here and simplify the
writing of the error message.
* Add SIGHUP to the handled signal list, and don't repeat code.
* Attempt to release the transaction (e.g. remove the lock file)
for all of HUP, INT, and TERM. Signals HUP and INT respects
transaction state, TERM will immediately terminate the process.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
A few parameters were outdated or wrongly named, and a few things were
explicitly linked that Doxygen wasn't able to resolve.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We returned the right error code but never set the flags accordingly.
Also, now that we can bail early, ensure we set the error code.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This adds calls to gpgme_op_import_result() which we were not looking at
before to ensure the key was actually imported. Additionally, we do some
preemptive checks to ensure the keyring is even writable if we are going
to prompt the user to add things to it.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This also fixes a segfault found by dave when key_search is
unsuccessful; the key_search return code documentation has also been
updated to reflect reality.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This is similar to the 'foo-revoked' file we had. This will be used to
inform the user what keys in the shipped keyring need to be explicitly
trusted by the user.
A distro such as Arch will likely have 3-4 master keys listed in this
trusted file, but an additional 25 developer keys present in the keyring
that the user shouldn't have to directly sign.
We use this list to prompt the user to sign the keys locally. If the key
is already signed locally gpg will print a bit of junk but will continue
without pestering the user.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We're putting the cart ahead of the horse a bit here. Given that our
keyring is not one where everything is implicitly trusted (ala gpgv),
keeping or deleting a key has no bearing on its trusted status, only
whether we can actually verify things signed by said key.
If we need to address this down the road, we can find a solution that
works for the problem at hand rather than trying to solve it now before
signing is even widespread.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Unlike our protégé apt-key, removing a key from our keyring is not
sufficient to prevent it from being trusted or used for verification. We
are better off flagging it as disabled and leaving it in the keyring so
it cannot be reimported or fetched at a later date from a keyserver and
continue to be used.
Implement the logic to disable the key instead of delete it, figuring
out --command-fd in the process.
Note that the surefire way to disable a key involves including said key
in the keyring package, such that it is both in foobar.gpg and
foobar-revoked.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Because we aren't using gpgv and a dedicated keyring that is known to be
all safe, we should honor this flag being set on a given key in the
keyring to know to not honor it. This prevents a key from being
reimported that a user does not want to be used- instead of deleting,
one should mark it as disabled.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This finishes the cleanup started in 710e83999b. We can do a straight
import from another keyring rather than all the funky parsing and piping
business we were doing.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Otherwise we're hiding extremely relevant bits like this one:
gpg: WARNING: This key is not certified with a trusted signature!
gpg: There is no indication that the signature belongs to the owner.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
* Ensure usage message is indented correctly
* Show short filenames for both the gpg keyring and revocation file
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Add two new static methods, key_search() and key_import(), to our
growing list of signing code.
If we come across a key we do not have, attempt to look it up remotely
and ask the user if they wish to import said key. If they do, flag the
validation process as a potential 'retry', meaning it might succeed the
next time it is ran.
These depend on you having a 'keyserver hkp://foo.example.com' line in
your gpg.conf file in your gnupg home directory to function.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This moves the result processing out of the validation check loop itself
and into a new loop. Errors will be presented to the user one-by-one
after we fully complete the validation loop, so they no longer overlap
the progress bar.
Unlike the database validation, we may have several errors to process in
sequence here, so we use a function-scoped struct to track all the
necessary information between seeing an error and asking the user about
it.
The older prompt_to_delete() callback logic is still kept, but only for
checksum failures. It is debatable whether we should do this at all or
just delegate said actions to the user.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This is for eventual use by the PGP key import code. Breaking this into
a separate commit now makes the following patches a bit easier to
understand.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
pm_asprintf() does not return a length as asprintf() does. Fail. Make
sure it is not -1 as that is the only failure condition.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This allows a frontend program to query, at runtime, what the library
supports. This can be useful for sanity checking during config-
requiring a downloader or disallowing signature settings, for example.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This takes the libraries hidden default out of the equation: hidden in
the sense that we can't even find out what it is until we create a
handle. This is a chicken-and-egg problem where we have probably already
parsed the config, so it is hard to get the bitmask value right.
Move it to the frontend so the caller can do whatever the heck they
want. This also exposes a shortcoming where the frontend doesn't know if
the library even supports signatures, so we should probably add a
alpm_capabilities() method which exposes things like HAS_DOWNLOADER,
HAS_SIGNATURES, etc.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This allows us to do all delta verification up front, followed by
whatever needs to be done with any found errors. In this case, we call
prompt_to_delete() for each error.
Add back the missing EVENT(ALPM_EVENT_DELTA_INTEGRITY_DONE) that
accidentally got removed in commit 062c391919.
Remove use of *data; we never even look at the stuff in this array for
the error code we were returning and this would be much better handled
by one callback per error anyway, or at least some strongly typed return
values.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
If siglist->results wasn't a NULL pointer, we would try to free it
anyway, even if siglist->count was zero. Only attempt to free this
pointer if we had results and the pointer is valid.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This one can be overwhelming when reading debug output from a very large
package. We already have the output of each extracted file so we
probably can do without this in 99.9% of cases.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
alpm_list_count() returns size_t, which we should use to store the
result since it is easy enough to format for printing.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This adds two new static methods, check_validity() and load_packages(),
to sync.c which are simply code fragments pulled out of our
do-everything sync commit code.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
In reality, there is no retrying that happens as of now because we don't
have any import or changing of the keyring going on, but the code is set
up so we can drop this in our new _alpm_process_siglist() function. Wire
up the basics to the sync database validation code, so we see something
like the following:
$ pacman -Ss unknowntrust
error: core: signature from "Dan McGee <dpmcgee@gmail.com>" is unknown trust
error: core: signature from "Dan McGee <dpmcgee@gmail.com>" is unknown trust
error: database 'core' is not valid (invalid or corrupted database (PGP signature))
$ pacman -Ss missingsig
error: core: missing required signature
error: core: missing required signature
error: database 'core' is not valid (invalid or corrupted database (PGP signature))
Yes, there is some double output, but this should be fixable in the
future.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This adds a some new callback event and progress codes for package
loading, which was formerly bundled in with package validation before.
The main sync.c loop where loading occurred is now two loops running
sequentially. The behavior should not change with this patch outside of
progress and event display; more changes will come in following patches.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
_alpm_pkg_load_internal() was becoming a monster. Extract the top bit of
the method that dealt with checksum and signature validation into a
separate method that should be called before one loads a package to
ensure it is valid.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Do this outside the loop to prevent the message from being displayed
(and pluralized!) for each individual package.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
None of these are hot-code paths, and at least the target reading has
little need for an arbitrary length limitation (however crazy it might
be to have longer arguments).
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This is always true at the end since we return early if we couldn't
create the tmpdir, so it is totally unnecessary.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We shouldn't be going through the accessor that does a bunch of
unnecessary legwork, including potentially loading the pkgcache right
before we free it.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Rather than using a string-based path, we can restore the working
directory via a file descriptor and use of fchdir().
From the getcwd manpage:
Opening the current directory (".") and calling fchdir(2) to
return is usually a faster and more reliable alternative when
sufficiently many file descriptors are available.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We did a lot of both malloc-ing and stack printing to form some paths in
this code. Attempt to unify it all into the one get_pkgpath() method by
adding an optional third "filename" parameter, and form the necessary
path string all in one go.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
1. Don't run it if something failed in package removal- this mirrors
what we already do in sync transactions.
2. Don't run it if we are invoking it for the replaces removal bit of a
sync transaction- it doesn't make sense to run ldconfig halfway through
a sync install; we should only run it once at the end.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We add them to this list with the root path not appended; we should be
searching for them this way as well.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We checked the (fgets == NULL and !feof) case, but never actually bailed
out of the loop if we were at the end of the file, causing infinite
looping.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This shouldn't really be declared with const, and causes a compile error
when -Wcast-qual is used. Remove the const specifier from the function
specification and all implementations.
Also fix one other trivial -Wcast-qual warning in _alpm_db_cmp().
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We never ended up using or really needing this; kill it for now knowing
it is in git history if ever needed again.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This function doesn't exist on OSX. Since there aren't any other
candidates in alpm for which this function would make sense to use,
simply replace the function call with a loop that does the equivalent.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
single quotes expanded to nothing, leaving us with a command that
assumed the sed expression was the backup suffix. Use a pair of escaped
double quotes, which survives automake and ends up properly in makepkg.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This is superfluous as the ensuing for loop will exit immediately on the
same condition avoided by the if.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Since c51b9ca, ldconfig.stub is required by pactest so we need to
include it as part of the dist tarball.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This fixes build errors when performing a manual install straight to a
filesystem where the files already exist.
Reported-by: Sergej Pupykin <ml@sergej.pp.ru>
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
There is no need to print them into buffers; we can use the values
returned by gettext() directly without issue.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
4ed12ae tightened up the logic to use only find, but ignored the fact
that since the manpage hard link names were no longer captured. They
were created as separate compressed manpages, rather than as hardlinks.
This also introduces a minor efficiency of deleting all hardlinks at
once and using proper iteration over an array rather than a string.
Note to anyone else touching this code: e2fsprogs and libpcap are useful
for testing this. If that changes in the future, you can use the below
bash to locate others:
IFS=$'\n' read -rd '' -a a < <(find /usr/share/man -type f \! -links 1)
pacman -Qqo "${a[@]}" | sort -u
I broke it!
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
When a sourceball passes this check without any warnings, a newline is
omitted. Similar to the if clause of this else block, print a single new
line at the end of the clause instead of accounting for each output.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
This prevents makepkg from aborting with 'file not found' when
changelog= or install= are declared in a PKGBUILD, but empty.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Similar to an earlier commit which accounts for .part files for full
packages, calculate the download_size for deltas keeping mind the
possibility of a partial transfer.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Check for the existance of a partial download of a package file before
jumping to delta calculations. Currently, if there were 10MiB remaining
in a 100MiB the values passed to the front end do not reflect this.
Refactored from an old patch originally by Dan.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
if ~/.netrc exists and has credentials for the hostname requested in a
download, they will be provided in an http auth request. This can still
be overridden by explcitly declaring user:pass in the URL.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This is a fix for a bash3 specific bug, where a file sourced by
/etc/profile would exit non-zero and make its way back up to makepkg,
forcing it to exit after package installation. Along with unsetting the
ERR handler, temporarily unset errexit to avoid this.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Display now looks like this, whereas before we would have just showed
'2M/s' for the extra repository download. The cutoff is placed at 100.0
to ensure we only use 4 character slots of width (e.g. '99.9', '100').
:: Synchronizing package databases...
testing 39.9 KiB 470K/s 00:00 [######################] 100%
core 51.4 KiB 469K/s 00:00 [######################] 100%
extra 768.8 KiB 2.1M/s 00:00 [######################] 100%
community-testing 1941.0 B 54.4M/s 00:00 [######################] 100%
multilib 26.6 KiB 458K/s 00:00 [######################] 100%
community 449.8 KiB 1649K/s 00:00 [######################] 100%
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This will be the first thing printed when doing an upgrade. Currently
there is no output at all until we start resolving dependencies, which
can be a while in if specifying very large targets on the command line,
in which case it is nice to let the user know we are doing something.
Addresses FS#25822 in the most KISS way possible.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
- display associated warnings on same line as pass/fail msg, to be more
consistent with checksum verification output
- properly error on a revoked key (matching pacman's behavior)
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
This adjusts type usage to match POSIX provided types from
<sys/types.h> rather than assuming everything will fit in a long or
unsigned long. Use fsblkcnt_t (unsigned) and blkcnt_t (signed) as
appropriate. These are affected the same way off_t is on 32 bit
platforms, where the types are extende to 64 bits if large file support
is enabled.
Because most numbers here are block counts, this isn't
near as pressing as using a 32-bit variable for file sizes where
anything over 2GiB can burn you; we likely can support files at least
512 but mainly 4096 times larger.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We don't need to keep track of how many files are in a package now that
said value is provided to us. It also makes more sense to use size_t
here for types rather than the (hopefully never too short) int.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Changes in commit dc3336c277 caused this to stop working as expected for
sync packages, due to the way the logic is structured. Ensure we always
enter the signature code if the bitflag is flipped on to check
signatures for packages. Rename 'use_sig' to 'has_sig' for clarity.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We seem to enjoy using bash regex capabilities, but never referencing
the result with BASH_REMATCH. Replace almost all regexes with equivalent
globs which are faster and functionally equivalent in these cases.
This enables the extglob shopt.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Don't just set the flag variables to zero length strings, actually unset
them from the environment. This fixes issues with broken gnu Makefies
that use ?= for assigment, where the presence of a var is enough to make
this condition avoid assignment.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
- Properly read each sorted line into a new array, instead of breaking
on every word.
- LC_COLLATE should apply to the sort portion of the pipeline, not the
printing.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
This gives us some amount of room to grow in case we ever find another
reason that we might return with an error from the progress callback.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
We lost some of this output in the fetch->curl conversion, but I also
noticed in FS#25852 that we just lack some of this useful information
along the way.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
_alpm_filecache_setup() destroys the list of cachedirs when it finds no
writeable directories in the config. This put us in an awkward situation
where _alpm_filecache_find() would locate a downloaded file in a r/o
cachedir, but then fail to install it after _alpm_filecache_setup() is
called (with a NULL argument). Change this behavior to merely prepend
the temporary directory to the list of available cachedirs.
Dan exposed it in e07547ee4e, as now a package can be found in a
directory we may not be able to actually store packages in.
Reported-by: Rémy Oudompheng <remy@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Neither deltas nor filename attributes are ever present in the local
database, so we can remove all of the indirection for accessing these
attributes.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Put all the callback stuff in alpm.h in one spot, and make the following
renames for clarity with the new structure:
ALPM_TRANS_EVT_* --> ALPM_EVENT_*
ALPM_TRANS_CONV_* --> ALPM_QUESTION_*
ALPM_TRANS_PROGRESS_* --> ALPM_PROGRESS_*
alpm_option_get_convcb() --> alpm_option_get_questioncb()
alpm_option_set_convcb() --> alpm_option_set_questioncb()
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This was just disgusting before, unnecessary to limit these to only
usage in a transaction. Still a lot of more room for cleanup but we'll
start by attaching them to the handle rather than the transaction we may
or may not even want to use these callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The call to apply was tucked inside validate, and the EVENT callbacks
were done outside the function rather than inside. Reorganize things a
bit to make more sense.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This also renames '--receive' to '-recv-keys' to match the wrapped gpg
option name, rather than invent a new one, now that the calling
convention is the same.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We were using the mystical [<foobar>] options which is some sort of
cross between a <required> argument and an [optional] one. Remove this
madness and do some other general cleanup/consistency work in the
manpage.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We currently have csize, isize, and size concepts, and sometimes the
difference isn't clear. Ensure the following holds:
* size (aka csize): always the compressed size of the package; available
for everything except local packages (where it will return 0)
* isize: always the installed size of the package; available for all
three package types
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This removes the last usages of this rule that aren't explicitly looking
at real output from pacman. Notably, these tests depended on one
particular debug logger not ever being changed, which is too fragile,
not to mention doesn't work at all with --nolog.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This will work fine on x86_64 (or any platform that has a 64 bit long),
but currently fails on i686. This test also stresses the recent changes
to accommodate package size values greater than a 32 bit UINT_MAX.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The regex wasn't rooted at the end of the filename, nor was it matching
a period/dot before the file extension. The end result was this matched a
file named '07_all_sig.patch' which is totally broken.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Call strlen earlier in the dl progress callback, and reuse this length
to replace some heavier str*() calls with more optimized mem*()
replacements. This also gets rid of a false assumption that the ending
string will ever be longer than the original string.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Read the entire variable, respecting escapes, which are necessary to
retain for the successive eval.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Further improvments on 2ca27ab which will allow the changelog and
install script files to contain whitespace.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This allows local signing of a given key to help establish the web of
trust rooted at the generated (or imported) master key.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This enables pacman-key, during --init, to generate a single secret key
for the pacman keyring if one is not present. This will be used as the
root of the web of trust for those that do not wish to manage it with
their own key, as will be the default.
This does not preclude later adding other secret keys to the keyring, or
removing this one- we simply ensure you have at least one secret key
available.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This upgrades the simple 15/17 scaling by package number we used before
to package sized based scaling, which is much more accurate. Addresses
some of the issues raised in FS#25817.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
When the database is locked, sync operations involving transactions, such as
pacman -Syy, show the following:
:: Synchronizing package databases...
error: failed to update core (unable to lock database)
error: failed to update extra (unable to lock database)
error: failed to update community (unable to lock database)
error: failed to update multilib (unable to lock database)
error: failed to synchronize any databases
Whereas pacman -U <pkg> shows:
error: failed to init transaction (unable to lock database)
if you're sure a package manager is not already
running, you can remove /var/lib/pacman/db.lck
Which is much more meaningful, since the presence of db.lck may indicate an
erroneous lockfile instead of an ongoing transaction.
Improve the error messages for sync operations by advising the user to remove
db.lck if he is sure that no package manager is running.
Signed-off-by: Pang Yan Han <pangyanhan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We were using atol(), which on 32 bit, cannot handle values greater than
2GiB, which is fail.
Switch to a strtoull() wrapper function tailored toward parsing off_t
values. This allows parsing of very large positive integer values. off_t
is a signed type, but in our usages, we never parse or have a need for
negative values, so the function will return -1 on error.
Before:
$ pacman -Si flightgear-data | grep Size
Download Size : 2097152.00 K
Installed Size : 2097152.00 K
After:
$ ./src/pacman/pacman -Si flightgear-data | grep Size
Download Size : 2312592.52 KiB
Installed Size : 5402896.00 KiB
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We only updated if the percentage incremented and enough time had
elapsed, even though the numerator of the current/howmany fraction may
have changed. Ensure we proceed with the progress bar update in these
cases so as to not mislead the user.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Any option that flips UPDATEDB=1 doesn't work right now due to what we
thought was a good idea in commit cab1379a1a. Fix this by not
including the update operation in the option count and special casing
it where necessary.
Also, bring back the helpful "Updating trust database" message.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Running the pacman test-suite in a non-English locale results in a few
failures. Force the test-suite to run with LC_ALL=C.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This reduces from 5 to 3 the number of searches needed on the string
looking for a comparison operator, since we can so a second quick
comparison looking for '=' if we find '<' or '>'. It also makes every
search doable with strchr() or memchr() rather than the slower strstr()
method.
In testing, only 10% of splitdep calls (~1600 / 16000) during an -Ss
database load found a version comparison operator, so optimizing the not
found path to be require less work makes sense.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This actually does something in a scriptlet we can check with our normal
set of rules, rather than relying on pacman debug output.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
If we fell through to the ALPM_DEP_MOD_ANY case, ptr would be NULL, and
we would pass (0 - <str>), which is a rather large negative number or
bogus positive number, depending on signed/unsigned. Just use strdup in
the case where we don't have a ptr available.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Hard to believe there was still more room to improve on this, but I
found an easily correctable oversight tonight. Our databases (both sync
and local) contain many blank lines, and we were not moving onto the
next line right away in these cases; instead we would proceed through
our strcmp() conditional checks as normal.
Some local numbers follow to show the effects of this patch:
Sync `-Ss foobarbaz`:
71,709 blank lines skipped early
~1,505,889 strcmp() calls avoided (21 per line)
~15% speed improvement (.210 --> .179 sec)
Local `-Qs foobarbaz`:
6,823 blank lines skipped early
115,991 strcmp() calls avoided (17 per line)
~6% speed improvement (.080 -> .071 sec)
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Add new alpm_pkg_get_origin() method, use it in the front end now that
the enum constants are publicly available.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
libalpm now exports type alpm_pkgfrom_t in alpm.h, which may be used
by frontends.
Pacman now uses alpm_pkgfrom_t instead of replicating that type (pkg_from
as was in src/pacman/package.h)
Updated API change in README.
Signed-off-by: Diogo Sousa <diogogsousa@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This adds a add_gpg_conf_option() helper function which tries to be
intelligent and only add not found options, and those which have not
been explicitly commented out.
The new options added are 'no-greeting', 'no-permission-warning', and a
default 'keyserver'.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
* secring.gpg can be 600, readable by root user only
* ensure grep for lock-never option in check_keyring doesn't catch comments
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The HoldKey option was undocumented and was not suited for pacman.conf.
Instead use the file "/etc/pacman.d/gnupg/heldkeys" to contain a list
of keys not to be removed from the pacman keyring with the --populate
option.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
After most operations that touch the keyring, it is a good idea to
always run a check on the trustdb as this prevents gpg complaining
on later operations.
Inspiration-from: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
The optimization of only importing keys that were not to be later
revoked was a not smart enough. For example, if a key was
in both a repos keyring and its revoke list, alternate runs of
pacman-key --populate would add then remove the key from the pacman
keyring. This problem is made worse when considering the possibility
of multiple keyrings being imported.
Instead, import all keys followed by the revoking of all keys. This
may result in a key being added then revoked, but that is not much of
an issue given that is a very fast operation.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
The current --reload option, apart from being non-clear in its naming,
is very limited in that only one keyring can be provided. A distribution
may want to provide multiple keyrings for various subsets of its
organisation or custom repo providers may also want to provide a keyring.
This patch adds a --populate option that reads keyrings from (by default)
/usr/share/pacman/keyrings. A keyring is named foo.gpg, with optional
foo-revoked file providing a list of revoked key ids. These files are
required to be signed (detached) by a key trusted by pacman-key, in
practice probably by the key that signed the package providing these
files. The --populate flag either updates the pacman keyring using all
keyrings in the directory or individual keyrings can be specified.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
There are many other ways to fail a package load other than "file not
found". We should also use the correct error code in this case. Clean it
up a bit in the various callers.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Just pass the entire sync package in if we have it; that way we can do
any necessary operations involving it rather than have a parameter list
growing endlessly.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
I was trying to take a shortcut and not introduce a wrapper struct for
the signature results, so packed it all into alpm_sigresult_t in the
first iteration. However, this is painful when one wants to add new
fields or only return information regarding a single signature.
Refactor the type into a few components which are exposed to the end
user, and will allow a lot more future flexibility. This also exposes
more information regarding the key to the frontend than was previously
available.
The "private" void *data pointer is used by the library to store the
actual key object returned by gpgme; it is typed this way so the
frontend has no expectations of what is there, and so we don't have any
hard gpgme requirement in our public API.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Free "md5sum" if md5_file() fails in alpm_compute_md5sum(). Free
"sha256sum" if sha2_file() fails in alpm_compute_sha256sum().
Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Do all the checks at once; this also avoids the 'return' call after we
have allocated memory for "pkgpath" as well as tweaked the umask.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
config_set_arch() already calls strdup(). Remove strdup() from the
config_set_arch() invocation to avoid a memory leak.
Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We had two issues here. One is a file with an absolute path passed to -S
results in a cryptic error message due to the database name being '\0'.
The second is not realizing you should be doing -U instead of -S. Fix
both of these to transform this:
$ sudo pacman -S /tmp/binutils-2.21.1-2-i686.pkg.tar.xz
error: database not found:
to this:
$ sudo pacman -S /tmp/binutils-2.21.1-2-i686.pkg.tar.xz
error: target not found: /tmp/binutils-2.21.1-2-i686.pkg.tar.xz
warning: '/tmp/binutils-2.21.1-2-i686.pkg.tar.xz' is a file, did you mean -U/--upgrade instead of -S/--sync?
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
After commit 2e7d002315, we use off_t rather than long variables.
Use the _LARGE variants of the methods to indicate we are passing off_t
sized variables, and cast using (curl_off_t) accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
There were many cases where the string coming in was a blank line, e.g.
"\n\0", length 1. The trim routine starts by trimming leading spaces,
thus trimming everything. We would then proceed to do a memmove of the
NULL byte, which is completely worthless as we can just assign it
instead.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This one wasn't all that necessary as we only used it in one place in
the function, which can be checked easily enough at the call site.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We only used short labels in one place, and the short label is always
the first character of the long label anyway.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This cleans up some of the mess we have here.
* switch to long units for the download size
* omit the .0 decimal part from the download rate
* omit the almost always zero HH: from estimated time if eta_h == 0
* Display --:-- if eta_h > 99; formatting was screwed up before
The net result of this is we usually have 1 more character to use for
filename display.
Before:
extra 500.9K 1242.4K/s 00:00:00 [######################] 100%
community-testing 947.0B 28.2M/s 00:00:00 [######################] 100%
multilib 26.5K 405.1K/s 00:00:00 [######################] 100%
community 450.6K 1238.3K/s 00:00:00 [######################] 100%
After:
extra 500.9 KiB 1118K/s 00:00 [######################] 100%
community-testing 947.0 B 23M/s 00:00 [######################] 100%
multilib 26.5 KiB 255K/s 00:00 [######################] 100%
community 450.6 KiB 1211K/s 00:00 [######################] 100%
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Because why the hell not? Exbibyte, zebibyte, and yobibyte are going in,
even though nothing bigger than the 2^60 exbibyte can be represented
using an off_t variable anyway.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This handles the no Content-Length header problem as stated in the
comments of FS#23413. We add a quick check to the callback that will
force an abort if the downloaded data exceeds the payload size, and then
check for this error in the post-download cleanup code.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Beautiful of libcurl to use floating point types for what are never
fractional values. We can do better, and we usually want these values in
their integer form anyway.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Improved alpm_list_mmerge() performance by removing an extra
pass to obtain the tail node.
This was actually suggested by a TODO comment.
Signed-off-by: Diogo Sousa <diogogsousa@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We had this interesting set of facts conundrum, according to vercmp
return values:
2.0a < 2.0
2.0 < 2.0.a
2.0a == 2.0.a
This introduces a code change that ensures '2.0a < 2.0.a' as would be
expected by the first two comparisons. Unfortunately this stays us a bit
further from upstream RPM code, but those are the breaks (in RPM, the
versions involving 'a' do in fact compare the same, but they are both
greater than the bare '2.0').
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Not sure how or why some of this differed, but it is easy enough to set
it back to how it was so it is easier to diff.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This ensures we grab and use the library default once we have processed
the global SigLevel setting, but before processing the repo-specific
settings. This means the following two configs will now evaluate the
same, as the backend currently defaults to 'Optional':
Config 1:
[options]
# nothing here
[repo]
SigLevel = TrustAll
Config 2:
[options]
SigLevel = Optional
[repo]
SigLevel = TrustAll
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This avoids error spam when no servers are configured for a repo and a
sync operation is performed:
Proceed with installation? [Y/n] y
:: Retrieving packages from testing...
warning: failed to retrieve some files from testing
warning: failed to retrieve some files from testing
warning: failed to retrieve some files from testing
warning: failed to retrieve some files from testing
warning: failed to retrieve some files from testing
warning: failed to retrieve some files from testing
warning: failed to retrieve some files from testing
warning: failed to retrieve some files from testing
warning: failed to retrieve some files from testing
warning: failed to retrieve some files from testing
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Since we store this directly in the download function, just rework
mask_signal() to take a pointer to a location to store the original.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This is a precursor to a following patch which will move the setting of
options to a separate function. With the open mode as part of the
struct, we can avoid modifying stack allocated variables.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This is more in line with the menagerie of file name members that we now
have on the payload struct.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
These are private to the download operation already, so glob them onto
the struct. This is an ugly rename patch, with the only logical change
being that destfile and tempfile are now freed by the payload_free
function.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This is measuring strings that are potentially localized, so we need a
multibyte aware function to count characters instead of bytes.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We used fprintf() elsewhere in this function, but we didn't use it on
the debug timestamp printing. Use fprintf() instead of printf() to fix
this.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Pointer sizes are the same but this makes intention clearer.
Signed-off-by: Pang Yan Han <pangyanhan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This was a vestige leftover from the libfetch days of yore.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
In the case of a non-operation (e.g. DNS resolver error), delete the
leftover 0 byte .part file.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This is a far more accurate description of what this is, since it's more
than likely not really a filename at all, but the name after a final
slash on a URL.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This is a refactor and refresh of the code used to find where we should
download packages.
* Incorporate suggestions from FS#25435 to use TMPDIR from the
environment if set, otherwise fall back to /tmp as before.
* Make the writability tests a bit more in depth. We now do a three part
check consisting of:
- S_ISDIR(): is this even a directory
- access(W_OK): is this directory writable by the current user.
Unfortunately for root, this almost always returns that it is, but
in the case of a RO mount or NFS share inaccessible to root, this
check will exclude the directory.
- mode & (any write bit): is there a writable bit set on this
directory. This makes it possible to enforce a read-only cache
directory by setting permissions to 0555, for example.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This changes the signature of _alpm_pkg_dup() to return an integer error
code and provide the new package in a passed pointer argument. All
callers are now more robust with checking the return value of this
function to ensure a fatal error did not occur.
We allow load failures to proceed as otherwise we have a chicken and egg
problem- if a 'desc' local database entry is missing, the best way of
restoring said file is `pacman -Sf --dbonly packagename`. This patch
fixes a segfault that was occurring in this case.
Fixes the segfault reported in FS#25667.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
ftp and http both define >=400 as being "something bad happened"
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Let callers of _alpm_download state whether we should delete on fail,
rather than inferring it from context. We still override this decision
and always unlink when a temp file is used.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This is a safety measure to prevent simple code injection.
$ i="foo bar"
$ eval i="$i"
bash: bar: command not found
$ eval i=\"$i\"
$ echo "|$i|"
|foo bar|
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
$ pacman -S cronie
resolving dependencies...
looking for inter-conflicts...
:: cronie and fcron are in conflict (@.). Remove fcron? [y/N] n
$ sudo pacman -S pacman
resolving dependencies...
looking for inter-conflicts...
:: pacman and pacman-git are in conflict (pKÈ). Remove pacman-git? [y/N]
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
If any of pkgver, pkgrel or epoch contained a variable substitution,
then it needed to be evaluated before checking its value conformed
to the rules.
[Dan: add quotes around RHS]
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Add the info that versioned replaces are now supported, as well as
beefing up some of the other places touching on versioned fields.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The whole first loop is trying to check literals only, so teach it to do
so. Also, reorder operations to make more sense by putting the strcmp()
first in the literal loop, and using a very cheap name_hash check first
in the second loop.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
When we switched to using alpm_depcmp() in resolving replacments, we had
some interesting behavior with regard to providers and packages not
found in repositories. Teach the replacement resolving code to not look
at provisions at all to be slightly more sane.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This omits the finding of matching provisions and only checks the
package itself against the provided dep.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The functions alpm_db_get_name(), alpm_pkg_get_name(), and
alpm_pkg_get_version() are not necessary at all, so remove the calling
and indirection when used in the backend, which makes things slightly
more efficient and reduces code size.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
* Move is_local standalone field to status enum
* Create VALID/INVALID flag pair
* Create EXISTS/MISSING flag pair
With these additional fields, we can be more intelligent with database
loading and messages to the user. We now only warn once if a sync
database does not exist and do not continue to try to load it once we
have marked it as missing.
The reason for the flags existing in pairs is so the unknown case can be
represented. There should never be a time when both flags in the same
group are true, but if they are both false, it represents the unknown
case. Care is taken to always manipulate both flags at the same time.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
makepkg --source is a often used go make source package like for AUR.
Have a -S shortcut will save the world.
Signed-off-by: Sebastien Luttringer <seblu@seblu.net>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Use the STRDUP macro instead of strdup() for the sake of better error
handling on memory allocation failures.
Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Return with ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS instead of causing a potential segfault
if alpm_fetch_pkgurl() is invoked with a NULL URL.
Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This moves all the delete-on-fail logic to under cleanup label. This
also implies should_unlink when a payload is received that doesn't allow
resuming.
Fixes .db.sig.part files leftover in the sync dir.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This leverages earlier work that avoids a rename when destfile is unset.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
stat()'s behaviour is undefined if the first argument is NULL and might
be prone to segfault. Add an additional check to skip the stat()
invocation if no destfile is used.
Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Avoid a potential segfault that may occur if we use a temporary file and
fail to build the destination file name from the effective URL.
Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This function is used regardless of whether gpgme support is enabled, so
make sure it is always accessible.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This covers most types, functions and headers that we use in the
code base. Currently we do not use any of these checks, but it
is useful to have the configure output when looking at build issues
on other peoples systems.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This reverts some hacky behavior from 5fc3ec and resets the handle's
pm_errno where it should be reset -- prior to each download. This
prevents a transaction with a download from being aborted when a package
is successfully grabbed from a secondary server.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We had this gem:
⇐ (less than or equal to)
Due to not ensuring we did literal printing of things like this. Fix it
and a few other problems noticed scanning through both the HTML and
manpage generated files.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
* .mailmap: add mapping for Dave's two email addresses.
* AUTHORS: clear out file, tell people to use `git shortlog -s` instead.
* doc/footer.txt: "promote" Dave, put Xavier and Nagy in past contributors.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
When creating a repo outside the current directory, the signature
symlink was not created.
Reported-by: Gaetan Bisson <bisson@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The use of warning once we had already started adding a package was
confusing as it broke the standard indent pattern. It was especially bad
if adding multiple packages as it wasn't clear what sub-messages applied
to which package being added. This should be an output change only from:
==> Adding package '/tmp/sync/netcfg-2.6.7-1-any.pkg.tar.xz'
-> Computing checksums...
-> Adding package signature...
==> WARNING: An entry for 'netcfg-2.6.7-1' already existed
-> Removing existing entry 'netcfg-2.6.7-1'...
-> Creating 'desc' db entry...
-> Creating 'depends' db entry...
to:
==> Adding package '/tmp/sync/netcfg-2.6.7-1-any.pkg.tar.xz'
==> WARNING: An entry for 'netcfg-2.6.7-1' already existed
-> Computing checksums...
-> Adding package signature...
-> Removing existing entry 'netcfg-2.6.7-1'...
-> Creating 'desc' db entry...
-> Creating 'depends' db entry...
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The precedence goes as follows: signature > sha256sum > md5sum
Add some logic and helper methods to check what we have available when
loading a package, and then only check what is necessary to verify the
package. This should speed up sync database verifies as we no longer
will be doing both a checksum and a signature validation.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
It would prevent compilation of pacman on FreeBSD, and possibly other
systems.
Signed-off-by: Rémy Oudompheng <remy@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Previously, the behavior was such that if a sync operation required
packages from multiple repos, a download error in the first repo would
cause a hard repo, ignoring the remainder of the repositories. Change
this behavior so that we do a better job of fetching as many packages as
possible before aborting the transaction.
There's a little bit of refactoring mixed in here to get rid of some
useless variables. Since we now depend heavily on the value of
handle->pm_errno being accurate the determine the function's return
value, we clear it when the transaction state is set.
Fixes FS#25532.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
A partial fix for this was in commit 7de92cb22, but this should fix the
remaining cases. There are still several issues dealing with "provision
as replacement" selection however.
Addresses FS#25538 and FS#25527.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
These are equivalent. Use the autoconf macro for consistency.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This applies to the repo-remove man page as well as the script itself.
Yes Dan, I ran distcheck afterwards.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We did this with depends way back in commit c244cfecf6 in 2007. We
can do it with these fields as well.
Of note is the inclusion of provides even though only '=' is supported-
we'll parse other things, but no guarantees are given as to behavior,
which is more or less similar to before since we only looked for the
equals sign.
Also of note is the non-inclusion of optdepends; this will likely be
resolved down the road.
The biggest benefactors of this change will be the resolving code that
formerly had to parse and reparse several of these fields; it only
happens once now at load time. This does lead to the disadvantage that
we will now always be parsing this information up front even if we never
need it in the split form, but as these are uncommon fields and our
parser is quite efficient it shouldn't be a big concern.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We may end up allocating 1 or 2 extra bytes this way, but it is worth it
to simplify the method and not have to call base64_decode() a second
time. Use the hueristic that base64 encoding produces 3 bytes of decoded
data for every 4 bytes of encoded data.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
These items are never present in anything but sync databases, nor do we
even try to load them from the local database. Remvoe the indirection
meant to allow the caching layer to work since it will never do anything
anyway.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This prevents iteration through the remainder of the current tree, with
pacman claiming that they're all replacements to the original
replacement candidate.
:: Synchronizing package databases...
allanbrokeit is up to date
testing is up to date
core is up to date
extra is up to date
community-testing is up to date
community is up to date
:: Starting full system upgrade...
:: Replace util-linux-git with core/util-linux? [Y/n] n
:: Replace util-linux-git with core/vi? [Y/n] n
:: Replace util-linux-git with core/vpnc? [Y/n] n
:: Replace util-linux-git with core/wget? [Y/n] n
:: Replace util-linux-git with core/which? [Y/n] n
:: Replace util-linux-git with core/wireless-regdb? [Y/n] n
:: Replace util-linux-git with core/wireless_tools? [Y/n] n
:: Replace util-linux-git with core/wpa_actiond? [Y/n] n
:: Replace util-linux-git with core/wpa_supplicant? [Y/n] n
:: Replace util-linux-git with core/xfsprogs? [Y/n] n
:: Replace util-linux-git with core/xinetd? [Y/n] n
:: Replace util-linux-git with core/xz? [Y/n] n
:: Replace util-linux-git with core/zd1211-firmware? [Y/n] n
:: Replace util-linux-git with core/zlib? [Y/n] n
there is nothing to do
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This adds a field in the package struct for this checksum type as well
as allowing access via the API to it. The frontend is now able to
display any read value. Note that this does not implement any use or
verification of the value internally.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
When adding a package to a repo, it is useful to be able to see
that repo-add has indeed found the signature file.
[Dan: update text to be more in line with other messages]
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
adds a new API method: alpm_pkg_get_base64_sig
[Dan: don't use a new header string in frontend]
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We can't just check for LIBS as curl won't be listed. Instead, look at
the length of the LIBCURL var from the Makefile.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Take this opportunity to refactor the if/then/else logic into a
switch/case which is likely going to be needed to fine tune more
exceptions in the future.
Fixes FS#25531
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We were using i as the loop variable in both the inner and outer loop.
Use j in the inner loop instead for clarity.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Remove -k option excepting query operations and add --recursive for sync
and upgrade operations.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This is somewhat of a dangerous option with limited use cases. Don't
advertise it as an easily accessibly option.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Trivial to implement as the same backend machinery is used anyway.
Document it and add it to the accepted options.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This closely matches what we had before for -R --recursive. Basically,
when specifying a target (e.g., pacman), we can now recursively pull all
dependencies, regardless of version specifiers and whether they are
already satisfied in the local database. This could be used to update
pacman on a system with an old glibc, for example, as both pacman and
glibc would get pulled into the transaction.
This is most useful with --needed to prevent needless reinstalls as
described in the man page changes.
The end goal of this change is to wire it into SyncFirst and have it be
the default mode of operation there, but that belongs in a separate
changeset.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Rather than a hardcoded list of only a few select architectures (of the
250+ case statements in config.guess), simply define CARCH to be the
first component of the "target triplet".
This introduces one "regression"- powerpc will no longer become ppc.
However, this is easily worked around in downstream distros if wanted.
This was the only CPU architecture with this oddity so it was felt worth
the price to make this change. Note that 'ppc64' wasn't handled in this
same odd fashion before anyway.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We've never received an update to this, and gcc has sane defaults out of
the box anyway, as do most projects in their build systems. Remove the
magic here and just let downstream distros handle any changes or
additions necessary, as we already do for LDFLAGS.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The path was not being stripped from $file before prefixing with
$srcdir resulting in the attempted removal of a very weird
filename.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
(cherry picked from commit e92905a2c8)
The format required for selection of packages within the group selection
dialog is not entirely obvious, so provide some documentation.
Fixes FS#24134.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
(cherry picked from commit 94d22f9309)
This is done extremely crudely and is not very efficient, but it does
push us down the path of being closer to right, as one additional test
now passes.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
* Add *_hash fields to conflict struct and populate them
* Remove unnecessary backwards string comparisons
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This also pulls in some early translations we had entered in Transifex
in the last day so those would not be lost. The diffstat is huge and not
very telling as usual, as all sorts of fuzzyness switches happened this
time around for some reason.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
It turns out we have a few problems here which are best tackled
independently. The first is simply parsing replacements as dep strings;
the second will be dealing with replaces when the original package name
still exists in the repository.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
If the string was zero-length to begin with, or consists of only newline
characters, nothing stopped us from incrementing right off the front of
the string. Ensure len stays above zero the whole time.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Noticed in my PowerPC Linux VM:
cc1: warnings being treated as errors
dload.c:45: error: 'get_filename' defined but not used
make[3]: *** [dload.lo] Error 1
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This is a fairly valid assumption at this point, or at least as good of
one as assuming packages all have names.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We were doing some really silly stuff before and abusing the os.walk()
call, having to walk the entire local database for every single PKG
rule. We really only need top level directories, and we can cache any
generated package since calls to db_read() are well-defined and only
happen in one place.
This speeds up the running of tests that may want to add 100 PKG_VERSION
rules at once, where before we had to limit how many we used in order to
not put a serious cramp in the speed of the test suite run.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This is a bit of a mess, due to the fact that we have a progress meter
running. It is also ironic that we are in the midst of a method named
"commit" when we haven't done a damn thing yet, and can still fail hard
if either a checksum or signature is invalid or unrecognized.
Adapt the former test_md5sum method to be invoked for any of the various
failure types, which at least gives the user some indication of what
packages are failing. A second patch will be needed to actually show
worthwhile error codes, but this is going to involve modifying the
actual data passed with the callback.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
If someone did a 'touch bogusrepo.db', we had the potential to throw a
SIGFPE or divide by zero, given that the total file size was 0 and
getting passed up to the pacman callback. Fix this so we get weird but
sane output and don't blow up when downloading:
:: Synchronizing package databases...
core 35.7K 306.7K/s 00:00:00 [###################] 100%
bogusrepo 0.0K 0.0K/s 00:00:00 [###################] 100%
Exception as seen in gdb:
Program received signal SIGFPE, Arithmetic exception.
0x000000000040cc73 in cb_dl_progress (filename=0x619dfc "bogusrepo.db", file_xfered=0, file_total=0) at callback.c:584
584 file_percent = (file_xfered * 100) / file_total;
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This moves us toward staring translations for the 4.0.0 release,
although this should not be interpreted as a string freeze by any means.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This is standard procedure elsewhere and cuts down on translations that
won't be seen (and we don't want if we need English debug output
anyway).
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
If we are missing a local database file, we get repeated messages over
and over telling us the same thing, rather than being sane and erroring
only once. This package adds an INFRQ_ERROR level that is added to the
mask if we encounter any errors on a local_db_read() operation, and
short circuits future calls if found in the value. This fixes FS#25313.
Note that this does not make any behavior changes other than suppressing
error messages and repeated code calls to failure cases; we still have
more to do in the "local database is hosed" department.
Also make a small update to the wrong but unused flags set in
be_package; using INFRQ_ALL there was not totally correct.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Note that this is meant to exercise pacsort more than the underlying
version comparsion; that is better left to the standalone vercmptest.sh
test script.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
These are never modified and even getopt_long's prototype shows this
modifier on the parameter.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
pacsort is a command line sorting utility that implements libalpm's
alpm_pkg_vercmp algorithm.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
In this case, we skip the epoch versioning entirely, as if it were
declared as 0.
Prevents errors such as:
/usr/bin/makepkg: line 244: ((: ! : syntax error: operand expected
(error token is " ")
==> Finished making: cower-git :20110808-1 (Mon Aug 8 17:17:27 EDT
2011)
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
* change error verbiage when run as root
* delete sigs along with packages
* fix bug in diskspace calculations
* merge END block in pkgfilter
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We did a good job checking this in add.c, but not necessarily anywhere
else. Fix this up by adding checks into dload.c, remove.c, and conf.c in
the frontend. Also add loggers where appropriate and make the message
syntax more consistent.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This adds docs for SigLevel, which can exist in both [options] and
[repository] sections. It also does a bit of reworking of the structure
of this manpage and adds a labeled list under the repo sections where we
didn't have one before.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Add code to conf.c that parses the new SigLevel directive. An
overwhelming number of options are presented, but most users will still
be fine with the Never/Optional/Required trio. More advanced users can
combine these or any of the other options on a 'SigLevel = ' line, which
is parsed in a left-to-right fashion and flags turned on and off
accordingly. For example, all three of these will net the same config:
SigLevel = Required PackageOptional
SigLevel = Optional DatabaseRequired
SigLevel = DatabaseRequired PackageOptional
Additionally, database-specific lines assume you wish to start with any
global default that has been set. For example, if any of the above lines
were in the [options] section, something such as:
SigLevel = PackageRequired PackageAllowMarginal
Would continue to enforce required database signatures.
Inspiration-by: Kerrick Staley <mail@kerrickstaley.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
paccache is a robust and flexible package cache cleaner with a variety
of options. Much credit goes to DJ Mills and Pat Brisbin for ideas
behind this script.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
[Dan: add .gitignore entry]
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The current --list option outputed the keys and all their signatures
which can be overly verbose. It also did not take a list of keys on
the command line to limit its output (although the code suggests that
was intended).
That patch brings consistency with gpg, providing --list-keys and
--list-sigs options that function equivalently to those provided by
gpg.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We don't write with extra or unknown whitespace, so there is little
reason for us to trim it when reading either. This also fixes the
hopefully never encountered "paths that start or end with spaces" issue,
for which two pactests have been added. The tests also contain other
evil characters that we have encountered before and handle just fine,
but it doesn't hurt to ensure we don't break such support in the future.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This is more in line with standard Python practice, and makes keyboard
interrupts behave a lot more sanely. It also prevents the useless
spawning of a shell as well as simplifies the command building and
working directory stuff.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This ensures we are actually making correct use of the information gpgme
is returning to us. Marginal being allowed was obvious before, but
Unknown should deal with trust level, and not the presence or lack
thereof of a public key to validate the signature with.
Return status and validity information in two separate values so check
methods and the frontend can use them independently. For now, we treat
expired keys as valid, while expired signatures are invalid.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This gets us close to using the same modeline in all files we run
through Asciidoc, as well as adding the spell and spelllang
declarations, just as we had in NEWS already.
The choice of 'en_us' is mainly for consistency and because the body of
work already uses these spellings.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Currently, pacman-key allows the user to import their keys using the --add
option. However, no similar functionality exists for importing ownertrust
values.
The --import-trustdb option takes a list of directories and imports ownertrust
values if the directories have a trustdb.gpg database.
The --import option takes a list of directories and imports keys from
pubring.gpg and ownertrust values from trustdb.gpg. Think of it as a combination
of --add and --import-trustdb
Signed-off-by: Pang Yan Han <pangyanhan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Move the source integrity checking into its own function as the code
was duplicated and is now more complicated with the separation of the
two checks types.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Allows the skipping of all integrity checks (checksum and PGP) or
either the checksum or PGP checks individually.
Original-patch-by: Wieland Hoffman <theminew@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Many projects provide signature files along with the source code
archives. It's good to check these, too, when verifying the integrity
of source code archives.
Not everybody is using gpg so the verification can be disabled with
--skippgpcheck.
Additionally, only a warning is displayed when the key that signed the
source file is unknown.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Pacman did a great job of having almost (but not quite) duplicate code
paths through the sync and upgrade code. We can use the same logic in
both upgrade in sync once the targets are resolved, so extract a
function and delete a bunch of code.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
When epoch, pkgver and/or pkgrel were overridden in a split package
function, makepkg failed hard finding the real version for checking
if packages were already built or trying to install packages. Fix
the get_full_version function to deal with overrides and return the
actual package version.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We can override pkgver and pkgrel so it is only logical to add epoch
to that list
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Check any overrides of the "arch" variable contain the required
architecture.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Enforce syntax checking for pkgrel and pkgver overrides in package
functions.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
There is always someone who tries to break things (cough *Dave* cough...)
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Hardcoding anything always ends up burning you, and the arbitrary length
of 64 here did just that. Add the ability to reallocate the readline
buffer for longer inputs if necessary, and add other error checking as
approprate. This also plugs one small memory leak of the group
processing code selection array.
Addresses FS#24253.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Immediately jump to the cleanup code after setting the return code to -1
in case rename() fails. Otherwise, it will be reset to 0 right after we
leave the if branch.
Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This accomplishes quite a few things with one rather invasive change.
1. Iteration is much more performant, due to a reduction in pointer
chasing and linear item access.
2. Data structures are smaller- we no longer have the overhead of the
linked list as the file struts are now laid out consecutively in
memory.
3. Memory allocation has been massively reworked. Before, we would
allocate three different pieces of memory per file item- the list
struct, the file struct, and the copied filename. What this resulted
in was massive fragmentation of memory when loading filelists since
the memory allocator had to leave holes all over the place. The new
situation here now removes the need for any list item allocation;
allocates the file structs in contiguous memory (and reallocs as
necessary), leaving only the strings as individually allocated. Tests
using valgrind (massif) show some pretty significant memory
reductions on the worst case `pacman -Ql > /dev/null` (366387 files
on my machine):
Before:
Peak heap: 54,416,024 B
Useful heap: 36,840,692 B
Extra heap: 17,575,332 B
After:
Peak heap: 38,004,352 B
Useful heap: 28,101,347 B
Extra heap: 9,903,005 B
Several small helper methods have been introduced, including a list to
array conversion helper as well as a filelist merge sort that works
directly on arrays.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
As noted by Allan, we failed pretty hard if gpgme was compiled out. With
these changes, only sign001.py fails. This can/will be fixed later once
we beef up the test suite with more signing tests anyway.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Makes sure that the pacman keyring is readable and that the user
has permissions to create a lock file if lock-never is not specified
in the gpg.conf file.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Add an --init option that ensures that the pacman keyring has all
the necessary files and they have the correct permissions for being
read as a user.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
This function had a variety of pitfalls, including the inability to
successfully find a key=value pair where no whitespace surrounded the
equals sign. Make it more robust by splitting the line on the equals
itself, and performing whitespace trimming on the resulting key/value
pair.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Follow the example of gpg and only allow a single operation to be
specified each time. Prevents having to deal with conflicting
variable names and potential issues due to the order in which the
operations are run.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
This moves the processing of the --edit-key and --receive options
to functions, keeping the final option processing to be all single
line statements.
Also rework the --edit-key option to validate all input before
processing.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Update man page to reflect current options. Also add a description
on how to manually interact with the pacman keyring with gpg.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
This commit correctly redirects to /dev/null the output of several
commands that get executed on logic checks.
Original-patch-by: Denis A. Altoé Falqueto <denisfalqueto@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Kanakarakis <ivan.kanak@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
This keeps the naming of the option more consistent with what is
actually being called by gpg.
Original-patch-by: Denis A. Altoé Falqueto <denisfalqueto@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
This commit adds quotes to several variable assignments. Unquoted values
can cause problems on several occasions if the value is empty. It is
safer to have every assignment quoted.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Kanakarakis <ivan.kanak@gmail.com>
The conversion to using parse_options causes this option to break.
It is preferable to remove the option rather than fix it as it is
simply a wrapper for "gpg --homedir @sysconfdir@/pacman.d/gnupg".
Any user using more advanced keyring management than provided by
pacman-key can manage to point gpg at the right place themselves...
How to manually edit the keyring with gpg will instead be documented
in the man page in a later commit.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
The pacman-key script is complicated enough to warrent usage of the
parse_options script. This is especially helpful in dealing with
all the configuration file override flags as the no longer need to
be specified first. It also allows us to do the right thing early
with --help/--version and no option cases cleanly. This change also
makde the check for root privileges only occur on operations where
they are needed.
This patch is inspired by and supercedes some patches submitted by
Denis A. Altoé Falqueto and Ivan Kanakarakis who were altering the
previous option handling in an attempt to deal with the above issues.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
If we can't read the keyring, gpgme will output confusing debug
information and fail to verify the signature, so we should log some
debug information.
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This is a wrapper function for access() which logs some debug
information and eases handling in case of split directory and filename.
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Specifying a filename with spaces in a PKGBUILDs noextract array fails
due to a lack of quoting.
Fixes FS#25100.
Reported-by: Thomas Weißschuh <thomas_weissschuh@lavabit.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Add information on CPPFLAGS, LDFLAGS and LIBS to the end of the
configure output. This is very helpful in tracing issues when
adjusting the configure file and also will allow us to more
easily replicate any issues discovered due to a users build
environment.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
It is now set as the main tool, so make wget another common one.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The full path to the signature file when it is created is in a temporary
directory so only print the filename.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This prevents a dangling symlink being left behind if the repo goes
from being signed to unsigned.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Avoid some pain in awk's limited handling of command line arguments by
wrapping this in a Bash script. We also default to
@localstatedir@/log/pacman.log when no args are specified, meaning that
-h or --help is required to get the help message.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This addresses FS#25141. We shouldn't remove every empty directory we
come across during the removal process unless it is truly not known to
any other package. This will prevent removal of essential directories
such as '/var/lock/'.
This is accomplished by first checking the empty/non-empty status of a
directory, which was previously done implicitly by calling rmdir() and
ignoring errors. We do this to avoid the next (new) check in most cases,
which is to look at all local packages to see if the to-be-removed
directory is present in another packages' filelist. If we do not find it
anywhere, then we remove it, else we keep the file around.
The pactest has been updated to test more cases, as well as finding a
flaw in the original expected to fail case- we need separate DIR and
FILE based EXIST rules.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
There is no need for a writable PKGDEST when using the --nobuild or
--geninteg flags.
Allan: added --geninteg
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Put a .gitignore entry at the right level and sort that file
alphabetically.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
It was a bit unclear that both pkgver and pkgrel were included in the
passed version strings; clarify this fact in the manpage. Also include
epoch in the mix now that it exists.
Also make two other minor consistency touchups to code-print variables
in text.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This can only ever operate on the local database, and a local package at
that. Change the function signature to take a handle and package object,
add the relevant asserts, and ensure the frontend can detect the package
not found condition when finding packages to pass to this method.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
converts a pacman log file to a list of installed packages, which should
match the output of `pacman -Q'.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We nuke it from the completion file as well along with its longopt.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Instead of hacking around the error trap, simply do an explicit
test for failure.
Signed-off-by: DJ Mills <danielmills1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
The bulk of this commit is adding new tests to ensure the new behavior
works without disrupting old behavior. This is a relatively sane maneuver
when a package adds a conf file (e.g. '/etc/mercurial/hgrc') that was
not previously in the package, but it is placed in the backup array. In
essence, we can treat the existing file as having always been a part of
the package and do our normal compare/install as pacnew logic checks.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This adds the '.tar.Z' option to both repo-add and makepkg for no other
reason than "why not", and because bsdtar supports it natively with the
'-Z' flag. Also update the documentation accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This code duplication has always been a rather clumsy casuality of
fixing some past upgrade issues. Unify the removal code across upgrade
and remove operations into a new _alpm_remove_single_package() method
wihch makes it very clear how we handle upgrade and remove differently,
via several conditionals on newpkg.
This commit highlights interesting behavior such as the fact that the
implicit removal in every package upgrade never gets transaction events
or progress callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Fixes "error: no previous prototype for '_alpm_raw_cmp'
[-Werror=missing-prototypes]" warnings, and also prevents someone from
getting the prototypes and functions out of sync.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Restore some sanity to the number of arguments passed to _alpm_download
and curl_download_internal.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
This means creating a new struct which can pass more descriptive data
from the back end sync functions to the downloader. In particular, we're
interested in the download size read from the sync DB. When the remote
server reports a size larger than this (via a content-length header),
abort the transfer.
In cases where the size is unknown, we set a hard upper limit of:
* 25MiB for a sync DB
* 16KiB for a signature
For reference, 25MiB is more than twice the size of all of the current
binary repos (with files) combined, and 16KiB is a truly gargantuan
signature.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
URLs might end with a slash and follow redirects, or could be a
generated by a script such as /getpkg.php?id=12345. In both cases, we
may have a better filename that we can write to, taken from either
content-disposition header, or the effective URL.
Specific to the first case, we write to a temporary file of the format
'alpmtmp.XXXXXX', where XXXXXX is randomized by mkstemp(3). Since this
is a randomly generated file, we cannot support resuming and the file is
unlinked in the event of an interrupt.
We also run into the possibility of changing out the filename from under
alpm on a -U operation, so callers of _alpm_download can optionally pass
a pointer to a *char to be filled in by curl_download_internal with the
actual filename we wrote to. Any sync operation will pass a NULL pointer
here, as we rely on specific names for packages from a mirror.
Fixes FS#22645.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
If you are keeping a copy of the old database, you probably want
to keep a copy of its signature too. Also, delete the previously
backed-up database signature if no new one is being copied.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We did some funny stuff here before to allow specifying fully-qualified
package names, such as 'testing/gcc' or 'core/gcc'. However, it was done
by duplicating code, not to mention an early escape if a repository
could not be found for an early target. Something like `pacman -Si
foo/bar core/gcc' would not give expected results, although `pacman -Si
bar gcc' would.
Clean up the code, remove strncpy() usage, and clarify the error
messages a bit.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The lone quotation mark in "pacman's" causes issues for some syntax
highlighting. Change the printing of the nessage from echo to printf
so we can invisibly escape it.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The original concept for this script was a bash implementation, but
turned out to be unreasonable at the time due to the efficiencies of the
database format. Since those have been resolved, we can rewrite this in
bash as a much simpler script.
All the action happens in a single line, but we add extend this a
little, binding to gettext to keep our pacman translations intact.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The supposed safety blanket of this function is better handled by
explicit length checking and usages of strlen() on known NULL-terminated
strings rather than hoping things fit in a buffer. We also have no need
to fully fill a PATH_MAX length variable with NULLs every time as long
as a single terminating byte is there. Remove usages of it by using
strcpy() or memcpy() as appropriate, after doing length checks via
strlen().
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Allow command-line options to accept multiple arguments without
additional quoting by taking the list of arguments until one
starting with a "-" is reached.
The only current use of this is the --pkg option in makepkg. This
allows (e.g.)
makepkg --pkg foo bar
and packages "foo" and "bar" will be built.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This allows options specified with a trailing "::" to optionally
take arguments.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We can readily detect the first node in a list by checking if
node->prev->next is NULL. So there is no need to pass the head
of the list to this function and its prototype now looks like
all the other item accessors.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The only thing this accessor did was remove the const qualifier
given our entire list implementation requires passing around the
head anyway.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
They are placeholders, but important for things like trying to re-sync a
database missing a signature. By using the alpm_db_validity() method at
the right time, a client can take the appropriate action with these
invalid databases as necessary.
In pacman's case, we disallow just about anything that involves looking
at a sync database outside of an '-Sy' operation (although we do check
the validity immediately after). A few operations are still permitted-
'-Q' ops that don't touch sync databases as well as '-R'.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Show output in -Qip for each package signature, which includes the UID
string from the key ("Joe User <joe@example.com>") and the validity of
said key. Example output:
Signatures : Valid signature from "Dan McGee <dpmcgee@gmail.com>"
Unknown signature from "<Key Unknown>"
Invalid signature from "Dan McGee <dpmcgee@gmail.com>"
Also add a backend alpm_sigresult_cleanup() function since memory
allocation took place on this object, and we need some way of freeing
it.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The error code is in fact a bitmask value of an error code and an error
source, so use the proper function to get only the relevant bits. For
the no error case, this shouldn't ever matter, but it bit me when I was
trying to compare the error code to other values and wondered why it
wasn't working, so set a good example.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This gives us more granularity than the former Never/Optional/Always
trifecta. The frontend still uses these values temporarily but that will
be changed in a future patch.
* Use 'siglevel' consistenly in method names, 'level' as variable name
* The level becomes an enum bitmask value for flexibility
* Signature check methods now return a array of status codes rather than
a simple integer success/failure value. This allows callers to
determine whether things such as an unknown signature are valid.
* Specific signature error codes mostly disappear in favor of the above
returned status code; pm_errno is now set only to PKG_INVALID_SIG or
DB_INVALID_SIG as appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Now that the filelists capture mode and size information, we can read
the data from there and prevent having to loop through and uncompress
every archive to check required diskspace usage.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This allows us to capture size and mode data when building filelists
from package files. Future patches will take advantage of this newly
available information, and frontends can use it as well.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This saves replicating the potentially large list of files in a package
that is being removed.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We passed in 'line', but not 'buf.line'. In addition, the macros
building off of READ_NEXT() assume variable names anyway. Since we only
use these macros in one function, might as well simplify them.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Change the check into a loop over all signatures present and returned by
GPGME. Also modify the return values and checks slightly now that I know
a little bit more about what type of values are returned.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This is a convention that is widely followed in *nix and posix-ish
environments. We should follow it, too.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This is similar to what was just done for the sync databases. Move a few
pieces around so we never need to actually write out the filesystem to
create a package, and simply stream the tarfile out from the data we've
collected.
Once again, a few newline addition hacks and other things have to be
left in place in order not to break everything; this time however most
of the assumptions are in pactest and not libalpm.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
There is little need to expose the guts of this function even within the
library. Make it static in be_local.c, and clean up a few other things
since we know exactly where it is being called from:
* Remove unnecessary origin checks in _cache_get_*() methods- if you are
calling a cache method your package type will be correct.
* Remove sanity checks within local_db_read() itself- packages will
always have a name and version if they get this far, and the package
object will never be NULL either.
The one case calling this from outside the backend was in add.c, where
we forced a full load of a package before we duplicated it. Move this
concern elsewhere and have pkg_dup() always force a full package load
via a new force_load() function on the operations callback struct.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Some of these are legit (the backup hash NULL checks), while others are
either extemely unlikely or just impossible for the static code
analysis to prove, but are worth adding anyway because they have little
overhead.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
vim recognises what type of shell script it's dealing with by looking at
the shebang. If detection fails it falls back to sh which doesn't
support some bash features. Adding a normal, possibly broken, shebang
which gets fixed by the Makefile allows vim to detect bash syntax.
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Modifying prefix caused tmp directories to be left behind after
running scriptlets, and the path '/' to be passed to _alpm_rmrf. Broken
in f01c6f.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This avoids, probably among other things, leaving the lock file in place
after a SIGINT'd sync DB update.
Fixes regression introduced in 4f8ae2b.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Revert to the old behavior that 6f5a90 attempted to simplify and go with
the original proposed solution of using "ugly" bash to detect empty
directories.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We fubar-ed this pretty good.
1. The whole old/new move shuffle was totally busted if you used a
relative path to your database, as we would just build the database in
place.
2. Our prior temp directory layout had the database files extracted
directly into it. When we tried to create a xxx.db.tar.gz file in this
same directory, due to the fact that we were no longer using a shell
wildcard, we tried to include the db in ourself, which is a big failure.
Fix all this by extracting to tree/ so we can have a clean top-level
temp directory.
3. Fix the inclusion of the './' directory entry; ensure the regex
prunes both leading paths of '.' as well as './'.
Where is that test suite again?
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Otherwise there is no way to easily test or run with a standalone config
file without outside interference.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The path was not being stripped from $file before prefixing with
$srcdir resulting in the attempted removal of a very weird
filename.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The following function renames take place for the same reasoning as
the previous commit:
_alpm_grp_new -> _alpm_group_new
_alpm_grp_free -> _alpm_group_free
_alpm_db_free_grpcache -> _alpm_db_free_groupcache
_alpm_db_get_grpfromcache -> _alpm_db_get_groupfromcache
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Using grp instead of group is a small saving at the cost of clarity.
Rename the following functions:
alpm_option_get_ignoregrps -> alpm_option_get_ignoregroups
alpm_option_add_ignoregrp -> alpm_option_add_ignoregroup
alpm_option_set_ignoregrps -> alpm_option_set_ignoregroups
alpm_option_remove_ignoregrp -> alpm_option_remove_ignoregroup
alpm_db_readgrp -> alpm_db_readgroup
alpm_db_get_grpcache -> alpm_db_get_groupcache
alpm_find_grp_pkgs -> alpm_find_group_pkgs
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
We already use msg() and error() in here, might as well just use the
standard functions. In addition, fix one translated message that would
have printed ERROR twice if anyone ever saw it.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Allow one of 4 archive extensions: .tar{,.gz,.xz,.bz2} for each of the 2
valid repo extensions: .db and .files. Check for this via
'verify_repo_extension' directly after option parsing to assert that
this extension is present, and again after files have been added to get
the proper archive option for bsdtar.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Dump the whole conditional and filter the contents of the directory to
create an empty or non-empty archive.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Only one of these looked like a real red flag, in find_requiredby(), but
it doesn't hurt to fix several of them up anyway.
Unfortunately, we can't turn this on universally due to things like the
sync(), remove(), etc. builtins which we often use as variable names.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We have just looped through the list of files, so might as well get
the count as we go.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This addresses FS#24904. In a normal upgrade case, this replacement
seems to work just fine. However, when doing a sync "replace" type
upgrade, we weren't properly handling this edge case due to path
comparison not ignoring trailing slashes. Fix this by pruning any
trailing slashes past a certain point of file conflict resolution where
we no longer need them, which allows us to safely detect cases such as
now tested in the new pactest.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
While researching the root cause of FS#24904, I couldn't help but clean
up some of the cruft in here. A few whitespace/line-wrapping issues, but
also fix shadowed variables and add some const where applicable.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Add a whole lot of bloat to parse pacman.conf and only a few lines to
use the list of sync DBs instead of the local DB.
Dan: I fully plan on this being temporary and us finding a better way in
the future to parse pacman.conf from multiple binaries. Adding a
standalone config parser is probably not the right way of going about
things, but for now it is by far the easiest.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We can reorganize things a bit to not require reading a directory-only
entry first (or at all). This was noticed while working on some pactest
improvements, but should be a good step forward anyway.
Also make _alpm_splitname() a bit more generic in where it stores the
data it parses.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Discovered this when doing some pactest rewrite work to generate
archives in memory only. If a sync database file or PKGINFO file is
missing a newline on the final line, the text from that line gets tossed
aside and never read into the package struct. This is pretty critical
when that last line is a depend or something.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This ranks high on the code readability scale. The same function formats
all of our data and writes to the metadata file at once.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Fields like groups and depends should be stored as arrays. This requires
rewriting our write_list_entry function to accomodate our new data type.
This new function will not write to a file, but rather only format it.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
grep and sed aren't needed here, and this removes the truly ugly
manipulation of IFS. The process substituion could just as well be a
herestring, but it breaks vim's syntax highlighting. Style over
substance, mang.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
* 'master' of git://projects.archlinux.org/pacman:
pactree: carry a list of databases for dep resolution
makepkg: Remove a lone quotation mark
makepkg: remove the cleancache option
Don't require a transaction for sync DB updates
Move locking functions to handle
Add a 'valid' flag to the database object
Move database 'version' check to registration time
Do database signature checking at load time
Declare an alpm_list which, for now, only holds our local database.
walk_deps and walk_reverse_deps are refactored to account for this, and
a helper function is added to wrap alpm_db_get_pkg for traversing a
list.
This is groundwork for letting pactree walk the sync DBs.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This is a fairly useless feature given all it does is an "rm" on a
directory. It is also unlikely that you would want to remove the
entire SRCDEST anyway, but rather just the old files.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
These operate on the handle, and the state is stored on the handle, so
move them where they belong. Up until now only the transaction stuff
calls them, but this will soon change and alpm_db_update() will handle
locking all on its own.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Start by converting all of our flags to a 'status' bitmask (pkgcache
status, grpcache status). Add a new 'valid' flag as well. This will let
us keep track if the database itself has been marked valid in whatever
fashion.
For local databases at the moment we ensure there are no depends files;
for sync databases we ensure the PGP signature is valid if
required/requested. The loading of the pkgcache is prohibited if the
database is invalid.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This is another step toward doing both local database validation
(ensuring we don't have depends files) and sync database validation (via
signatures if present) when the database is registered.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This is the ideal place to do it as all clients should be checking the
return value and ensuring there are no errors. This is similar to
pkg_load().
We also add an additional step of validation after we download a new
database; a subsequent '-y' operation can potentially invalidate the
original check at registration time.
Note that this implementation is still a bit naive; if a signature is
invalid it is currently impossible to refresh and re-download the file
without manually deleting it first. Similarly, if one downloads a
database and the check fails, the database object is still there and can
be used. These shortcomings will be addressed in a future commit.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The format required for selection of packages within the group selection
dialog is not entirely obvious, so provide some documentation.
Fixes FS#24134.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
There was a lot of inconsistency in how strings that should not be
translated (program names, option flags, PKGBUILD directives, etc) were
handled. This patch moves them all outside the gettext invocation for
consistency and to prevent accidental translation.
Note that some of these may need reverted if they cause difficulties in
translation due to gettext usage in bash not taking positional parameters
for arguments. A quick survey of current translations indicates that this
issue will be rare. Also, we should be able to catch these before a full
string freeze given we are going to probably need a "developer preview"
release before the next release series.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Sync database are no longer exploded on the filesystem. Rework the logic
used to generate our test databases so we can create them completely in
memory without having to write the individual files to disk at all. The
local database is unaffected.
Note that several shortcomings in libalpm parsing were discovered by
this change, which have since been temporarily patched around in this
test suite:
* archive_fgets() did not properly handle a file that ended in a
non-newline, and would silently drop the data in this line.
* sync database with only the file entries and not the directories would
fail to parse properly, and even cause segfaults in some cases.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
For the files count when loading from a package, we can keep a counter.
The two in the frontend were completely useless due to the fact that if
sync_dbs is non-NULL, alpm_list_count() will always be greater than 0.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This doesn't fix the real (bigger) problem of failing to parse sync
databases without directory entries, but it does prevent the parser from
segfaulting when the first desc file encountered did not have a
directory entry, among other conditions.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
b899099 made path checking a bit more strict than I had intended, and
would actually forbid creation of a repo in $PWD if only the filename
was specified. readlink would be the fun and easy solution here, but
it's avoided due to portability issues, making the validation process a
bit more verbose.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This has gettext strings, but wasn't added to the list of files in
POTFILES.in just yet. Add it and update the catalogs.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Now that we have performed the split, prune the catalogs of all
scripts-only messages.
All old messages were pruned from the files using the following command:
sed -i -e '/^#\~/,$d' *.po
Note: the diff on this commit looks much less insane if the --patience
option is used.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Now that we have performed the split, prune the catalogs of all
pacman-only messages.
All old messages were pruned from the files using the following command:
sed -i -e '/^#\~/,' *.po
Note: the diff on this commit looks much less insane if the --patience
option is used.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This is the first step at separating the pacman message catalog and the
scripts message catalog. Makefiles, configure.ac, and other such files
are adjusted accordingly, as well as renaming files. The TEXTDOMAIN of
scripts is also adjusted.
Note that no actual pot or po files get changed here; these will get
pruned in a future commit so each catalog contains only the necessary
messages.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This is for the eventual 4.0.0 release, but more importantly to
logically separate new translations and strings from the PO split about
to happen between pacman and scripts.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Way back in c94bfbaba when refactoring makepkg options handling, I added
these lines to unset MAKEFLAGS if '!distcc' was set in a PKGBUILD (not
taking into account makepkg.conf settings). This was an attempt to say
"if it is broken in distcc, it is probably broken even more". However,
this is silly as one should be using '!makeflags' as well. Remove the
linkage.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This allows us to separate the name and hash elements in one place and
not scatter different parsing code all over the place, including both
the frontend and backend.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Unify function braces to be top right opening, bottom left closing.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
test/pacman/README mentioned the -A flag, which no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: Kerrick Staley <mail@kerrickstaley.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Add a function that checks for the software needed by makepkg to
process a PKGBUILD with the requested options. This allows makepkg
to bail early in the packaging process.
Many other checks can be added to this function...
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
These had not been touched since 2007 and had lost most of their
relevance. The bug tracker is a better place for the filing of
ideas.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Contractions are less clear for non-native speakers so should be
avoided (and cause syntax highlighting issues). Also, the 'provides'
and 'depends' strings are not to be translated.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Add a BUILDDIR variable (which can be overridden in the environment)
to specify an alternative location for building the package. This is
useful for people who want to build on a different filesystem for
improved performance (e.g. tmpfs).
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This patch enables the automatic compression of executable binaries
using UPX when the 'upx' options is specified in makepkg.conf or the
PKGBUILD. Additional arguments can be passed to UPX by specifying
the UPXFLAGS variable.
Original-patch-by: Bryce Gibson <bryce@gibson-consulting.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Previously, the error message when trying to add to a repo where a
parent directory didn't exist was:
==> ERROR: Failed to acquire lockfile: /path/to/noexist/repo.tar.gz.lck
This sucks. Make an explicit check to ensure that the path to the repo
really does exist, and throw a meaningful error message when it can't be
found.
Dan: reuse an existing (translated) error message.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
A plain '.tar' ending should be allowed. This corresponds to how we
handle this extension in makepkg. Also fix up the other extension
checks, which were missing a leading '.' character.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This is an unfortunate chain of events. RET_ERR and RET_ERR_VOID will
eventually call CHECK_HANDLE, which resets the handle's pm_errno member.
Dan probably had a reason for doing this, so we merely switch the order
of operations in the RET_ERR macros to avoid stomping on our pm_errno.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
* Check the return value of canonicalize_path() for non-NULL
* Use ASSERT and RET_ERR as appropriate
* Make remove_cachedir() use same path munge logic as add_cachedir()
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Added a line to the top of each of be_local.c, be_package.c, and
be_sync.c indicating their purposes.
Signed-off-by: Kerrick Staley <mail@kerrickstaley.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Add detection for stdout being attached to a tty device. When this check
fails, return a default width of 0, which callers interpret to mean
"don't wrap". Conversely, when our term ioctl suceeds but returns 0, we
interpret this to mean a tty with an unknown width (e.g., a serial
console), in which case we default to a sane value of 80.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
We were using copy_data before; this works for the struct itself but not
the strings contained within. Fix it up by duplicating all the data as
we do with our other structures.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Calling get_logcb() here would reset any previous setting of
handle->pm_errno due to the CHECK_HANDLE() macro contained within. This
would make error setting a bit funny if one set pm_errno before calling
_alpm_log(), such as in the RET_ERR() macro.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This removes the need to write accessor methods for every type we have,
and simplifies the API. Any type that doesn't need magic* can be
converted in this fashion to make it easier for frontend applications to
use, as well as make it less of a pain to introduce new such structs in
the future.
* "magic" meaning something like pmpkg_t where values can be lazy loaded.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This is more in line with reality and what we have our makepkg, etc.
options named anyway.
Original-patch-by: Kerrick Staley <mail@kerrickstaley.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Create source package files inside the fakeroot environment to
ensure reasonable ownership of files within the archive.
Fixes FS#24330.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We no longer have any python scripts in our scripts/ directory so
we can simplify the makefile a bit.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Provide consistent error messages for unknown long and short options.
Also get full string translation for the messages.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Add a README file to briefly document the code snippets in the scripts
library folder.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Move the common output formatting functions into a separate
library file and import that into each script. makepkg is
excluded due to its additional color formatting.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This move the getopt replacement function parse_options out of
makepkg.sh.in and into a separate file. The code is inserted
into the relevant place in makepkg using m4.
This will allow the reuse of the option parsing code in other
scripts (i.e. pacman-key) while avoiding code duplication.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Clarfiy that it is unwanted files are being removed rather than "other"
files (whatever they are...).
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Fix failure at man page generation when building outside the source tree.
There may still be issues with other documentation types...
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
* Don't name static methods with a gpgme_ prefix to avoid confusion with
methods provided by the library. These are static and local to our
file so just give them sane non-prefixed names.
* Rework sigsum_test_bit() to not require assignment.
* Don't balk if there is more than one signature available (for now,
only check the first).
* Fix error codes in publicly visible methods to return -1, not 0, if pkg
or db are not provided.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We didn't do due diligence before and ensure prior pm_errno values
weren't influencing what happened in further ALPM calls. I observed one
case of early setup code setting pm_errno to PM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS and that
flag persisting the entire time we were calling library code.
Add a new CHECK_HANDLE() macro that does two things: 1) ensures the
handle variable passed to it is non-NULL and 2) clears any existing
pm_errno flag set on the handle. This macro can replace many places we
used the ASSERT(handle != NULL, ...) pattern before.
Several other other places only need a simple 'set to zero' of the
pm_errno field.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
* Move several variables into better scope
* const-ify a few variables
* Avoid duplicating filelists if it is unnecessary
* Better handling out out of memory condition when adding file conflicts
to our list
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This allows callers to retrieve it from wherever is convenient, which
may or may not be on the package object itself.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This method is old, it doesn't adequately check for a NULL server list,
and can easily be done using better API method we provide these days.
All former users of this method can get similar results by calling
alpm_db_get_servers() and using the data from the returned server list.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Note that is a bit different than the normal _alpm_db_path() method; the
caller is expected to free the result.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We now parse an entire repo section and store all information about it.
When the next section is encountered or the end of the root config file
is reached, we will then process the stored information.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
* Function doxygen documentation
* Reuse a single strlen() call
* Prevent infinite recursion (limit to 10 levels)
* Other small cleanups
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Even though we currently don't use it here in the backend, we might as
well pass it in since we used it earlier.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This is the last user of our global handle object. Once again the diff
is large but the functional changes are not.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This makes these functions consistent with the rest of the transaction
related API calls. We do an additional assert to ensure the handle
attached to the package is the same as the handle passed in.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The siglevel field of a newly created pmdb_t struct is now
initialized when it is created in _alpm_db_new().
Signed-off-by: Kerrick Staley <mail@kerrickstaley.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
A few of these snuck in as of late, some from the table display patches
that were using the previous format before we changed it after the 3.5.X
major release.
Noticed-by: Kerrick Staley <mail@kerrickstaley.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
commit c1f742d775 broke what was one of the tenants of out output-
if piping pacman output somewhere else, we shouldn't ever try to
line-wrap and indent print our output. This makes it easier for tools to
use output from pacman -Ss, -Qs, -Qi, etc. list_display() unfortunately
was given a default value of 80 rather than 0, so fix this.
Next, make some additional changes that ensure we don't insert an
unnecessary blank line if for some crazy reason the indent level (such
as on -Qi output) is greater than the number of columns. Accomplish this
by printing the first item unconditionally as we do in
list_display_linebreak().
Finally, teach indentprint to not wrap if the number of columns is less
than the indent level, this prevents some forms of ridiculous output
such as the following:
Install Date : Wed
08
Jun
2011
04:39:19
AM
CDT
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Commit e68f5d9a30 did something a bit silly and changed the
scriptlet calls to use 'newpkg->handle' rather than the 'handle'
argument passed in. Use the handle directly.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Begin enforcing the need to pass a handle. This allows us to remove one
more extern handle declaration from the backend.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This requires a lot of line changes, but not many functional changes as
more often than not our handle variable is already available in some
fashion.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The few remaining instances were utilized for buffers in calls to
snprintf() and realpath(). Both of these functions will always ensure
the returned value is padded with '\0', so there is no need for the
extra byte.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The vast majority of the time we will just be passing the same string
value on to the lstat() call. The only time we need to duplicate it is
if the path ends in '/'. In one run using a profiler, only 400 of the
200,000 calls (0.2%) required the string to be copied first.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Due to the way we set up the graph structure, we don't always have good
parent information. The changes made in dd8cf0c12d assumed this, so
back them out and just live with the dead pointers being there in the
memory while we are cleaning up after ourselves.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We were testing whether there were any values in the array, rather than
looking if the values contained anything.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Our scripts all currently say:
Generated from foo.in; do not edit by hand.
Fix this to say foo.sh.in, which is the actual original file name.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
When only downloading a package that is in IgnorePkg, pacman
incorrectly asks about installing.
e.g. with <pkg> in IgnorePkg in pacman.conf:
> pacman -Sddw <pkg>
:: <pkg> is in IgnorePkg/IgnoreGroup. Install anyway? [Y/n]
This output is now silenced when downloading only.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
These new method signatures return and take handle objects to operate on
so we can move away from the idea of one global handle in the API. There
is also another important change and that deals with the setting of root
and dbpaths. These are now done at initialization time instead of using
setter methods. This allows the library to operate more safely knowing
that paths won't change underneath it.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This keeps duplicate code to a minimum. This will come in more handy as
we refactor some of these option setters away.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
When only downloading a package, pacman can produce some incorrect
output.
> pacman -Sddw nvidia-utils
warning: nvidia-utils-270.41.19-1 is up to date -- reinstalling
This line is now now silenced when using -Sw.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
When creating a source package using an non-local buildscript via
the -p option, the inclusion of changelog and install files would
fail. Fixes FS#24567.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This allows us to not require the context (e.g. handle) when calling
this function. Also beef up the checks in the two callers of this
function to bail if the last return code is not ARCHIVE_EOF, which is
the expected value.
This requires a change to one of the pactest return codes and the
overall result of the test, but results in a much safer operating
condition whereby invalid database entries will stop the operation.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This kills a lot more global handle business off. sync.c still requires
the handle declaration for one reference that can't be changed yet; it
will be removed in a future patch which isolates all of the necesary API
changes.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This will make the patching process less invasive as we start to remove
this variable from all source files.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Similar to what we just did for the database; this will make it easy to
always know what handle a given package originated from.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This is the first step in a long process to remove our dependence on the
global handle variable we currently share in libalpm, with the goal to
make things a bit more thread-safe and re-entrant.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
These are simple accessor functions for a struct; the handle never even
comes into play when calling these functions.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The usefulness of this is rather limited due to it not being compiled
into production builds. When you do choose to see the output, it is
often overwhelming and not helpful. The best bet is to use a debugger
and/or well-placed fprintf() statements.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
If it is different than the raw installed size metric we already show,
compute the net upgrade size. For some sync operations, this can even be
negative if newer packages are smaller than the ones they replace
locally. Implements FS#12566.
Example:
Targets (1): telepathy-glib-0.14.7-1
Total Download Size: 1.07 MiB
Total Installed Size: 15.72 MiB
Net Upgrade Size: -0.29 MiB
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Fixes FS#24534. Dotfiles, such as /etc/skel/.bash_profile, were not
being included in generated files entries. bsdtar --exclude option
supports anchors on the pattern, so using "^.*" instead of ".*" solves
our problem and still excludes all root-level dotfiles (e.g. .PKGINFO).
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Callers to curl_download_internal now tell us if its okay to continue a
transfer, so obey this instead of using a heuristic.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
If a connection drops below 1kb/s for 10s, curl will kill the transfer
and we'll report failure. This is the average transfer speed over the
delta defined by CURLOPT_LOW_SPEED_TIME, so setting a low value here
shouldn't bother folks using 14.4k dial-up.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
If getcols() returns 0, we were getting stuck before in a loop of no
return. Teach getcols() to take a default value to return if the width
is unknown, and use this everywhere as appropriate.
Also make a few other cleanups while diagnosing this issue, such as
const-ifying some variables.
Noticed-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The user adds libaries to the depends array without a version. These
must end with .so.
Example: depends=(glibc libc.so)
find_libdepends() looks for ELF files (not symlinks because these could
point outside of pkgdir) in $pkgdir, extracts the library sonames the
binary links to and outputs depends seperated by spaces.
This list contains all libraries needed by the package.
Example: libfoo.so=3-64
write_pkginfo() only keeps .so depends with version information and warns
the user about unneded ones.
Support-by: Thomas Bächler <thomas@archlinux.org>
Support-by: Christoph Schied <Christoph.Schied@uni-ulm.de>
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@server-speed.net>
pacman.8.txt --gpgdir section is updated based on the pacman.conf manpage
pacman.conf is updated to include the default GPGDir
Signed-off-by: Pang Yan Han <pangyanhan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
When I switched all paths to use `` formatting, I didn't realize
substitution didn't work in these quote marks. Use ++ instead to ensure
attributes are substituted where appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
These addditional attributes come from the git asciidoc.conf file. Also,
fix a place where we used {treename} without escaping the braces,
causing the generated manpage to be missing text.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The user adds libaries to the provides array without a version. These
must end with .so.
Example: provides=(readline libreadline.so)
find_libprovides() looks for .so files (not symlinks because these could
point outside of pkgdir) in $pkgdir, extracts the library soname (ld
links the binary to this name) and outputs provides seperated by spaces.
This list contains all libraries provided by the package.
Example: libfoo.so=3-64
write_pkginfo() only keeps .so provides with version information and warns
the user about unneded ones.
Support-by: Thomas Bächler <thomas@archlinux.org>
Support-by: Christoph Schied <Christoph.Schied@uni-ulm.de>
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@server-speed.net>
This addresses FS#24292. If one does the bad thing of not checking
pm_errno after calling set_dbpath(), you may not realize the
initialization process went wrong and calling trans_init() resulted in a
segfault. If we don't have a lockfile path, bail out and have
trans_init() fail.
Also remove a ALPM_LOG_FUNC call that was causing pm_errno to return "no
handle"; this was due to a log call in the handle setup (whereby the log
attempts to use a callback attached to the handle).
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This is at best a hack around the way we currently do our --print magic,
but at least prevents someone from shooting themselves in the foot as
indicated in FS#24287.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Issue FS#24230. If a symlink is broken and included in the removal
process of a package, we blew up and segfaulted due to
alpm_compute_md5sum() returning NULL and then performing a strcmp()
operation.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Don't call os.stat() when we should be using os.lstat(); this allows us
to actually test dead symlinks that don't have a corresponding file. Add
a new LINK_EXIST rule that complements FILE_EXIST for a similar purpose.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The addition of the DB version check introduces a lag time between the
lockfile creation and the transaction initialization. In cases where the
local DB is large enough and/or the user's disk is slow enough, this
time is significant enough that its possible for a user to send a SIGINT
and leave behind a db.lck file.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
It's your own damn fault if you do this, and this code is remnants from
an old time when we weren't very good at coding.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This removes the need to strdup() the section name at every decent into
an Include statement, as well as having duplicate DB pointers around
that are never used independently.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This needlessly prevents the easiest way available of clearing any of these
values. We can also do the same for the 'arch' value.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Currently we have one call that has all sorts of crazy behavior and doesn't
make a whole lot of sense. Go from one method to the normal four methods we
have for all of our other lists we use in the library to make it a lot
easier for a frontend to manipulate server lists.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The switch from FUNCTION to DEBUG was ill-advised inside the local
database load. Instead, add a DEBUG level logger to both local and sync
database loads that shows the number of packages processed.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This ensures we call any alpm_option type functions before registering
databases, making sure all paths and other defaults (e.g. sig
verification levels) have been set first. This will ensure we can
continue to allow crazy config files where [options] doesn't come first.
The diffstat on this commit is misleading; view with
-w/--ignore-all-space to get a better idea of what needed to be touched.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This moves the generated root/ directory into /tmp, or at least a path
returned by tempfile.mkdtemp(), by default. This can make test runs
significantly faster if done when /tmp is a tmpfs.
If you are debugging a failed test, use the new --keep-root option to
not clean up and pactest will print the location of the generated root/
test directory.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We were erroring out in the case where a first (possibly bogus) mirror
would cause the download process to return a failure code, even though
subsequent servers had the file.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This started off removing the "(void)foo" hacks to work around
unused function parameters and ended up fixing every warning
generated by -Wunused-parameter.
Dan: rename to UNUSED.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Use a few structs to hold configuration values we change given certain
options so we can be const-correct with string assignment across the
board. Behavior should be completely unchanged.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We had a lot of similar looking code that we can collapse down into a
function. This also fixes errors seen when turning on some gcc warnings
and implicitly casting away the const-ness of the string. Free the list
when we are done with it as well.
Also, fix a logic error where we should be checking with &&, not ||.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Add quotes around $srcdir/$pkgdir (FS#23960) and use a package()
function.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Change "which" to "that" when used in a restrictive clause.
Replace usage of the relative prounoun "those" with a common noun for
added clarity.
Signed-off-by: Matt Mooney <mfm@muteddisk.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This makes it possible to omit usage of -lgpgme, just as we can do for
-lcurl and -lcrypto.
Thanks to Rémy Oudompheng for an initial stab at this.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Add some lookup functions for nice names for the various types used by
the library, and remove some fields that are of little use to us in the
debug output. This should make looking at key loading and verification a
bit easier, especially in determining what makes up our good and bad
criteria.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Both md5sum verification and PGP verification can and should be done at
package load time. This allows verification to happen as early as
possible for packages provided by filename and loaded in the frontend,
and moves more stuff out of sync_commit that doesn't really belong
there. This should also set the stage for simplified parallel loading of
packages later down the road.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
More stuff going on in the pre-committing stage that can be in a static
method to make things a bit more clear.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This part is almost completely self-contained, except building the list
of delta filenames that we use later to check their md5sums. Refactor it
into a static method so we can bring most of the code in sync_commit
closer to the method name.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Given that we offer no transparency into the pmpgpsig_t type, we don't
really need to expose it outside of the library, and at this point, we
don't need it at all. Don't decode anything except when checking
signatures. For packages/files not from a sync database, we now just
read the signature file directly anyway.
Also push the decoding logic down further into the check method so we
don't need this hanging out in a less than ideal place. This will make
it easier to conditionally compile things down the road.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Rather than go through all the hassle of doing this ourselves, just let
GPGME handle the work by passing it a file handle.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Also unify the usage output with that given by repo-add itself.
Dan: use 'options', not 'option(s)'.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Check for the presence of gpg as soon as we know we need it.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Add -k/--key option to specify a non-default key for signing
a package database.
Original-patch-by: Denis A. Altoé Falqueto <denisfalqueto@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Listing every option on the usage line becomes unweildly as more
options get added so simplify it. Also, provide a standard package
name in the repo-add example.
Dan: just use 'options' as we use elsewhere, not 'option(s)'.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The various "level" values were a bit crazy to decipher, and we were
doing some very interesting comparisons in certain places. Break it out
into two parameters instead so we can seperate the type from the extra
information display, and do things accordingly.
Nothing changes with the display of any of the five types we currently
show: -Si, -Sii, -Qi, -Qii, -Qip.
Something to note- we should expose the PKG_FROM enum type somehow, this
patch leaves the door open to do that quite easily.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
There's a lot of related moving parts here:
* Iteration through mirrors is moved back to the calling functions. This
allows removal of _alpm_download_single_file and _alpm_download_files.
* The download function gets a few more arguments to influence behavior.
This allows several different scenarios to customize behavior:
- database
- database signature (req'd and optional)
- package
- package via direct URL
- package signature via direct URL (req'd and optional)
* For databases, we need signatures from the same mirror, so structure
the code accordingly.
Some-inspiration-from: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The allow_resume is the start of the fix to the "don't ever resume
database downloads" problem, as well as being useful for '.sig'
downloads as well. For now, we say "always allow resume", but this will
eventually get pushed down as necessary.
Error checks are reworked in order to correctly error out when a file is
not found on the remote end and reports 0 bytes downloaded. In addition,
the two error messages printed are now different as one reports a more
specific error message provided via the cURL error buffer.
Some example output from an -Sy run with [testing], [community],
[community2], [eee], and [nonexistant] defined as repos. [community2]
and [nonexistant] are both invalid, one using FTP and one using HTTP.
:: Synchronizing package databases...
testing is up to date
community is up to date
error: failed retrieving file 'community2.db' from ftp.archlinux.org : Given file does not exist
error: failed to update community2 (FTP: couldn't retrieve (RETR failed) the specified file)
eee is up to date
error: failed retrieving file 'nonexistant.db' from code.toofishes.net : The requested URL returned error: 404
error: failed to update nonexistant (HTTP response code said error)
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The value PM_PGP_VERIFY_UNKNOWN is reserved to error cases,
now that the signature verification level defaults to the
globally set level. The only error case is when handle == NULL,
which is false in the context of _alpm_sync_commit().
Signed-off-by: Rémy Oudompheng <remy@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This commit replaces the find_config() function with the get_from()
function. get_from expects two arguments, the first is the file to
read and the second is the key to look for in the given file.
get_from returns the first matching value for the given key. The
file is expected to be in the format:
key = value
Each of 'key' 'equal sign' 'value' can be surrounded be random
whitespace.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Kanakarakis <ivan.kanak@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
If the user provides an unsupported command, inform the user that this
switch is unknown, display usage and exit.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Kanakarakis <ivan.kanak@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The help message changed to match the one rankmirrors script has.
It's clearer as to what the --help switch does.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Kanakarakis <ivan.kanak@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This does touch a lot of things, and hopefully doesn't break things on
other platforms, but allows us to also clean up a bunch of crud that no
longer needs to be there.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This is the standard, and we have had a few of these introduced lately
that should not be here.
Done with:
find -name '*.c' | xargs sed -i -e 's#if (#if(#g'
find -name '*.c' | xargs sed -i -e 's#while (#while(#g'
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
* add _alpm_db_get_sigverify_level
* add alpm_option_{get,set}_default_sigverify
And set the default verification level to OPTIONAL if not set otherwise.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Add the "GPGKEY" option to makepkg.conf for specifying signing packages
with the non-default key from the keyring. Is overridded by makepkg's
--key option.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
If enabled, displays package lists for upgrade, sync and remove
operations formatted as a table. Falls back to default list display if
insufficient terminal columns are available.
Example output:
:: Starting full system upgrade...
:: Replace libjpeg with testing/libjpeg-turbo? [Y/n]
resolving dependencies...
looking for inter-conflicts...
Remove (1):
Name Old Version Size
libjpeg 8.3.0-1 0.83 MB
Total Removed Size: 0.83 MB
Targets (5):
Name Old Version New Version Size
libjpeg-turbo 1.1.0-1 0.20 MB
linux-firmware 20110201-1 20110227-1 8.23 MB
ncurses 5.7-4 5.8-1 0.92 MB
ppl 0.11.1-1 0.11.2-1 2.74 MB
v4l-utils 0.8.1-1 0.8.3-1 0.23 MB
Total Download Size: 12.32 MB
Total Installed Size: 58.82 MB
Signed-off-by: Jakob Gruber <jakob.gruber@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
table_display takes a list of lists of strings (representing the table
cells) and displays them formatted as a table.
The exact format depends on the longest string in each column.
Signed-off-by: Jakob Gruber <jakob.gruber@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Row handling is moved to its own function in preparation for verbose
package lists.
Signed-off-by: Jakob Gruber <jakob.gruber@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Display {KiB, MiB, ...} instead of {KB, MB, ...} since that's what's
actually being displayed.
Signed-off-by: Jakob Gruber <jakob.gruber@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Converts the given size in bytes in two possible ways:
1) target_unit is specified (!= 0): size is converted to target unit.
2) target_unit is not specified (== '\0'): size is converted to the first
unit which will bring size to below 2048.
If specified, label will point to the long label ('MB') if long_labels is
set or the short label ('M') if it is not.
Dan: use '\0' rather than 0 for the special value as a matter of coding
style for char variables.
Signed-off-by: Jakob Gruber <jakob.gruber@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Dan: The commit message originally referenced "VerbosePkgLists", but I'm
going to change the name of the option. In addition, this patch serves
a purpose being standalone- we should really do things like this with
-S --print and hopefully -Q --print in the future.
Signed-off-by: Jakob Gruber <jakob.gruber@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This makes it absolutely dead easy to ensure off_t has the same length
in all compilation units. I just spent 2.5 hours bashing my head on an
issue related to this so damn it I'm fixing it for good.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Currently the only error case then when handle == NULL.
However several handle functions return -1 on this error,
and a uniform API makes things simpler.
Signed-off-by: Rémy Oudompheng <remy@archlinux.org>
For a package to be loaded from any of our backends, these two fields
are always required upfront. Due to this fact, we don't need them to be
backend-specific operations and can just refer to the field directly.
Additionally, our static (and thus private) cache package accessors had
a NULL check on pkg before returning the relevant field. Eliminate this
since they only way they are ever called is via the packages attached
callback struct, which would have caused the NULL pointer dereference in
the first place.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
So we only need one copy in the final library, not one copy per time
used. Ensure all necessary includes are in place (especially to get the
right size of off_t each time it is compiled) by including "config.h" in
the new graph.c.
One small adjustment here makes the graph_free code more robust- ensure
we don't have invalid pointers after each iteration by looking at the
parents and children and adjusting accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
GNU su supports the -c option to specify a command to execute.
However, other flavours of su may have a different interpretation
of the '-c' flag (e.g. FreeBSD and OpenBSD).
The behaviour is correct when '-c' follows an explicit username.
Signed-off-by: Rémy Oudompheng <remy@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Ensure we only have one- this looks like the result of a bad merge from
old 2008 signing code with the current stuff which has changed quite a
bit.
Originally-seen-by: Rémy Oudompheng <remyoudompheng@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The current state of the code does not allow to see immediately
that it returns a list of pmdepmissing_t structures.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Some systems, like FreeBSD might define both statfs
and statvfs: however if statvfs exists whereas getmntinfo()
uses a statfs struct, the current ifdefs would select the wrong
line of code.
Signed-off-by: Rémy Oudompheng <remy@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
A non-GNU version of awk may not support the (|...) syntax for
an optional group and require '()' to match an empty string.
The (...)? syntax is more appropriate for this usage.
Signed-off-by: Rémy Oudompheng <remy@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Trailing backslahses can lead to additional spaces at the front
of extracted entries. See FS#23524. Strip these while parsing
the PKGBUILD entries.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The vercmptest script needs to be invoked as a bash script for this to
be valid; the -p operator is interpreted as an argument to look up by
sh. This goes way back to commit 3bf9448943, done to solve
http://mailman.archlinux.org/pipermail/pacman-dev/2008-July/007180.html.
Saw this problem running in a virtual machine where sh is not bash, but
in fact dash:
user@debian-powerpc:~/projects/pacman$ ./test/util/vercmptest.sh
src/util/vercmp-p: not found
src/util/vercmp is src/util/vercmp
vercmp binary (src/util/vercmp) could not be located
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
There is no reason to not support versions of libarchive that lack
ARCHIVE_COMPRESSION_UU. Distributions should work properly without
this.
Signed-off-by: Rémy Oudompheng <remy@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
That's a funny one, building with optimization levels (with both gcc and
clang) caused open_mode to always be set to "ab", which worked.
This was spotted both with clang-analyzer, and by Jakob who reported a
segfault as he was using an un-optimized build.
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Addresses FS#23492, where the question was shown without knowing what
one was answering to. Ensure we flush our output streams before printing
the question, and flush the stream on which we ask the question before
waiting for an answer.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
So we don't segfault when calling this on be_sync loaded packages. They
return logical values as much as possible for indicating there is no
changelog available.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We didn't do this sanity check before trying to open an archive. If
the alpm dbpath wasn't set, the sync database dbpath would be NULL,
causing us to hang indefinitely in archive_read_open_filename() rather
than erroring out.
We already have a corresponding check in local_db_populate().
The following program will test this case, and hangs before this patch
without the call to set_dbpath:
int main(int argc, char *argv[]) {
alpm_initialize();
// alpm_option_set_dbpath("/var/lib/pacman/");
pmdb_t *core = alpm_db_register_sync("core");
pmpkg_t *pkg = alpm_db_get_pkg(core, "pacman");
return 0;
}
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The use of "tr" only leads to trouble. Remove unnecessary usage
of it from within makepkg.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
to quote dan:
"turkish will FUCK YOU UP. this is not the first or the last time"
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We had two functions that were oh so similar but slightly different. We
can combine them and add some conditional operation stuff to decide what
to return.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Many alpm_option_get/set_*() functions already check this
and set pm_errno to the right value, but not all, so
this improves consistency.
Signed-off-by: Rémy Oudompheng <remy@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Three new command line options were added:
--sign: forces the generation of a signature for the resulting package,
taking precedence over the value in makepkg.conf
--nosign: do not sign the resulting package
--key <key>: use a different key than the user's default for signing
the package.
A check is performed to ensure the user has (provided) a valid gpg key
for signing.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Use mode 755, so non-root users can see inside.
Add "--no-permission-warning" to GPG_PACMAN to suppress the noise that
otherwise comes of not using mode 700 - this is not private data.
GPGme turns out not to issue this warning itself, so no problem there.
TODO: should non-root users be allowed to use the read-only operations
(--list, --export, --finger)?
Signed-off-by: Ray Kohler <ataraxia937@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Add -v, mention delta support (other than -d), and split
repo-add-specific options out from those common to repo-add and
repo-remove.
Signed-off-by: Ray Kohler <ataraxia937@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This now includes -s and -v, tailors itself to the current command,
and is formatted more like that of other pacman commands.
Signed-off-by: Ray Kohler <ataraxia937@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Move the create_signature() call outside the case of non-empty
databases, so it will be called regardless.
Signed-off-by: Ray Kohler <ataraxia937@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This greatly simplifies the cleanup fallthrough in our download function
and we'll be able to reuse this for signatures.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Based on the fact that localf always points to the same file, there's no
need to code in multiple fopen calls with varying results. Instead,
track the desired file open mode and make a single call to fopen.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Create a more general function that allows appending a suffix to a
filepath.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This lets us determine the real size of the file on disk so that we can
properly bump the progress bar when we're resuming a download.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This addresses FS#23424. The -dd backend code was introduced in commit
b6ec9019d7, and unfortunately the munged depend used for comparison did
not carry through to the eventual display of this version. To fix this,
we undo some of the depcmp_tolerant() business introduced, and instead
make a new pmdepend_t object if necessary when the no dependency version
flag is set. This results in the correct depend being copied to the
missing depend passed onto the frontend.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
* Address FS#23433 by documenting -d vs. -dd
* Drop the useless "as well", "also", "too", and "that won't break
packages" strings from -R usage
* Fix alignment of multiline strings in source (no string change)
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
My main motivation was to remove the "sync", which can stall for
minutes on a busy machine (FS#23378). I also cleaned up the redirection.
Signed-off-by: Jan Steffens <jan.steffens@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
pacman 3.5.0 removed alpm_db_register_local, so calling
alpm_db_unregister_all leaves the front end in a position where there's
no local db, and no way to re-register it.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Move checksum and pgpsig calcluation before changing into the
tmpdir, otherwise we can't find the files if a relative path
was used.
Signed-off-by: Ray Kohler <ataraxia937@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
After updating a database, remove the old signature to prevent it
being used in validation if the new signature fails to download.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
If signature verification is needed, attempt to download a signature
file for a repo when it is updated. Return an error if unable to
download signature only when checking is mandatory, or if signature is
invalid.
TODO: At the moment the database signature is only checked on download.
Should we do anything with a database if it fails to be verified to prevent
its future usage?
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Add a pmpgpsig_t struct to the database entry struct and functions for
the lazy loading of database signatures. Add a function for checking
database signatures, reusing (and generalizing) the code currently used
for checking package signatures.
TODO: The code for reading in signature files from the filesystem is
duplicated for local packages and database and needs refactoring.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Our curl callback does a whole lot of work for nothing if the front end
never defined a callback to receive the data we'd calculate for it.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
CURLINFO_HTTP_CODE is deprecated in favor of CURLINFO_RESPONSE_CODE.
Both yield the same values.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The files we transfer are generally compressed already, so this just
adds unnecessary overhead.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Use a static variable to effectively track the initialization state of
the progress callback via the last byte amount reported as downloaded by
libcurl.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
* introduces new macro in util.h (DOUBLE_EQ) for properly comparing
floating point values
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Move the (possibly still temporary) output generated during signature
checking into the --debug output.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Once we do this, add support for VerifySig to pactest. We just check if
the repo name contains Always, Never or Optional to determine the value
of VerifySig. The default is Never. pacman uses Always by default but
this is not suitable for pactest.
Original-work-by: shankar <jatheendra@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We pass in a db object, so no need to go looking for it in the list on
the handle. This is a remnant of when we passed in a treename, more than
likely.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
GnuPG looks for configuration files and keyrings in its home directory.
For a user, that is typically ~/.gnupg.
This patch causes pacman to use /etc/pacman.d/gnupg/ as the default
GnuPG home. One may override the default using --gpgdir on the command-line
or GPGDir in pacman's configuration file.
Signed-off-by: Chris Brannon <cmbrannon@cox.net>
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This will serve as the home directory we pass to GPGME when making calls so
we can have a libalpm-utilized keyring.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
If a .sig file sits side-by-side on the filesystem with a package archive,
read it in during the package struct creation process so we can verify it at
a later time if necessary.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Add a new field to the package struct to hold PGP information and
instruct db_read to pick it up from the database. It is currently unused
internally but this is the first step.
Due to the fact that we store the PGP sig as binary data, we need to store
both the data and the length so we have a small utility struct to assist us.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
We will need these for GPG functionality (decoding the base64 encoded
signature stored in the databases).
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Implements FS#23103. Also modify libalpm so it ignores this value
without any warning as we know it is likely to exist.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Fix the way we were referring to paths (use ``), .pac* extensions (use
''), and other general things across our main manpages.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Make it actually like all our other tools rather than some homegrown
format. Also make it translator friendly by not wrapping messages across
lines in different strings.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Make the usage output display nicely on 80 character width terminals.
Also fix parsing of "-h" and "-v" options and avoid root check when
run with no commands.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
The --reload command was refactored to allow a more flexible management.
There are two sets of keys that will be added, one that will be
removed and one that will be kept.
The set of keys to be kept are configured in pacman.conf, with the
option HoldKeys, with the same meaning of HoldPkgs. It can be repeated
and several values can be put in the same entry.
The new behavior allows a key to be marked for removal, but the user
can decide if that key must be kept. For example, if a developer has
a public repository, signed with his own key, that key must be added
to the HoldKeys option. If the key is marked for removal from pacman's
keyring, it will not be removed for the users that have configured
HoldKeys correctly.
There are other minor fixes, mainly in the handling of --add command
when there is no aditional parameter. In that case, pacman-key will
behave just like gpg, adding the contents of stdin into pacman's keyring.
Signed-off-by: Denis A. Altoé Falqueto <denisfalqueto@gmail.com>
The script pacman-key will manage pacman's keyring. It imports, exports,
fetches from keyservers, helps in the process of trusting and updates
the trust database.
Signed-off-by: Denis A. Altoé Falqueto <denisfalqueto@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
This is intended to verify an existing signature on a database before
making further changes to it and performing updates. Rarely would you
use this without immediately resigning it via the -s/--sign option.
Instead, it is intended as a "chain of trust" operation where the
previous signature is verified to give you some sense that what you sign
off on is also safe.
Still todo: don't make changes unless the signature is not only good,
but also in the accepted list of keys.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
In order to be fully secure, we can't only sign packages. We also need
to sign our repository metadata to prevent database falsification,
dependency injection, etc. Add an '-s/--sign' option that allows this
functionality, and will generate a .sig file side-by-side with the
package database.
While at it, fix the issue where a signature file would never be found
because of 'cd' madness (this needs fixing in another commit).
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Use base64 encoding to store the value in the database if a .sig file exists
for the package being added.
Signed-off-by: Geoffroy Carrier <geoffroy.carrier@koon.fr>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This is a rather simple patch to add signing support to makepkg. Add a
create_signature() to makepkg, add a 'sign' BUILDENV option in makepkg.conf,
and document the changes in the makepkg.conf manpage.
Signed-off-by: Geoffroy Carrier <geoffroy.carrier@koon.fr>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Wrap lines of long length, noticed while creating and messing around
with some of the other maint branch patches.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Noticed with the openoffice/libreoffice replacement scheme where many
packages are listed as replacements to one package, thus electing it for
removal multiple times. Ensure a given package is not already present
before placing it in the removal list.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This is a rather serious data corruption issue that luckily manifested
itself today in a noticable way. A package in testing had replaces
entries read in as ["%RE pkgname", "%RE"] which was clearly wrong. This
happens when we hit the end of an archive block, do not have a newline,
and have to continue reading from the next block to complete the line.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Drawing progress bars before calling curl_easy_perform() is needless as
the curl progress callback is called with zero progress before actually
downloading the file anyways. Fixes display of "0%" progress bars when
sync'ing package databases that are already up to date.
Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Remove unnecessary output when using -Sp. Fixes FS#23340.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This is by no means a guarantee of this behavior remaining the same in
the future, but it is easy enough to do what we used to in this case by
delaying any sort of error condition until after we are completely done
parsing options. Addresses FS#23370.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This was discussed and more or less agreed upon on the mailing list. A
huge checkin, but if we just do it and let people adjust the pain will
end soon enough. Rebasing should be relatively straighforward for anyone
that sees conflicts; just be sure you use the new return style if
possible.
The following semantic patch was used to do the change, along with some
hand-massaging in order to preserve parenthesis where appropriate:
The semantic match that finds this problem is as follows, although some
hand-massaging was done in order to keep parenthesis where appropriate:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
expression a;
@@
- return(a);
+ return a;
// </smpl>
A macros_file was also provided with the following content:
Additional steps taken, mainly for ASSERT() macros:
$ sed -i -e 's#return(NULL)#return NULL#' lib/libalpm/*.c
$ sed -i -e 's#return(-1)#return -1#' lib/libalpm/*.c
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This is a Debian patch (from #347650) that makes libtool play nicely
with "-Wl,--as-needed".
Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Noted in FS#23342. When the user attempts to install an ignored package
and answers no when asked whether to install it, pacman bails out with:
"error: target not found: packagename"
This is because satisfiers are not found for the package and execution
continues to process_group(), where the package is treated as a group
(which does not exist).
In addition, test ignore006.py is updated with PACMAN_RETCODE=0 since
saying no to installing an ignored package should not be considered an
error.
Signed-off-by: Pang Yan Han <pangyanhan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Prevents issues where optdepends descriptions contain a bracket.
Also, strip all comments from arrays before joining them.
Fixes FS#23307.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We erroniously dropped the call to _alpm_delta_parse() when macro-izing,
causing segfaults for repos that provide deltas. Addresses FS#23314.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Support for this script was removed in makepkg by commit b4e1365. Delta
creation support has been provided by scripts/pkgdelta.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Partially addresses the "why doesn't CheckSpace work in a chroot" issue.
We can't make it work, but we can at least detect when it won't work by
checking for a partition for our given installation root. If we can't
determine the mountpoint for this, bail out with an error.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Change the term 'packages' to 'targets' in the synopsis as well, since
command line parameters could just as well be groups, repos, or URLs.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This makes all the pacman developers' jobs harder as we have to switch
files whenever running multiple pacman versions and are using newly
introduced options. Instead of erroring out, print warnings and continue
on.
This patch also fixes a const-correctness issue. We immediately cast a
'const char *' to a 'char *' in setrepeatingoption(), which is just
plain wrong as we manipulate the underlying string. Fix the types and
remove the now unnecessary variable.
Finally, a few messages change here for consistency and clarity and
because we continue parsing rather than bailing out on a problem.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This prevents a regression for people who enjoy piping yes to pacman to
avoid prompts.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This was totally screwed under a 'make distcheck' invocation. Bring it
inline with what we have (and what works!) in scripts/Makefile.am. This
was broken/introduced in commit 05f0a28932.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
this is just some debuggery to allow pacman to operate with both fetch
and curl at the same time. use the PACMANDL variable to control which
library is used.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
This is a feature complete re-implementation of the fetch based internal
downloader, with a few improvements:
* support for SSL
* gzip and deflate compression on HTTP connections
* reuses a single connection over the entire session for lower resource
usage.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Add PM_ERR_LIBCURL to error enum and handle case in error.c by returning
curl_easy_strerror() based on the error number carried by the gloabl alpm
handle.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
no actual code changes here. change preprocessor logic to include
get_tempfile, get_destfile, signal handler enum, and the interrupt
handler logic when either HAVE_LIBCURL or HAVE_LIBFETCH are defined.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Do this in preparation for implementing similar curl based
functionality. We want the ability to test these side by side.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Adding the CURLcode is necessary in order to return an error string from
pm_error. Unlike libfetch, curl returns numerical error numbers and does
not maintain a staticly allocated string with the last error generated.
Adding the curl object itself to the handle is advantageous (and
encouraged by curl_easy_perform(3)) because the handle is reusable for
successive operations. This cuts back on overhead when downloading
multiple files in a single transaction.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
repo-add can add a "files" entry into the sync db. Currently we
do nothing with this file, so explicitly skip it to prevent
unknown database file warnings.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Our keywords were all screwed up in this regard. Fix it so our
ngettext() shortcut calls are actually recognized and respected.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
I managed to just make deptest001.py fail by changing a DEBUG-level
logger in commit b12be99c89. This should not be this fickle. Enhance the
OUTPUT rule to use an actual Python re object when looking for matches,
and make a lot of the rules use stronger patterns to match with.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Fixes FS#23090, a rather serious problem where the user was completely
unable to read the local database. Even if entry->d_type is available,
the given filesystem providing it may not fill the contents, in which
case we should fall back to a stat() as we did before. In this case, the
filesystem was XFS but there may be others.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
A lot of these were places that should have used the same message but
didn't, or were very easy to convert to using the same message and
letting some of the burden off of the translators.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Printing the exact size seems to make more sense for scripting contexts.
Signed-off-by: Jakob Gruber <jakob.gruber@gmail.com>
[Dan: adjust for master before VerbosePkgLists patches, fix type]
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Ensure we have a local DB version that is up to par with what we expect
before we go down any road that might modify it. This should prevent
stupid mistakes with the 3.5.X upgrade and people not running
pacman-db-upgrade after the transaction as they will need to.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We only call these from the transaction init and teardown, so move them
to that file, mark them static, and push more of the logic of handle
manipulation into these functions.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
According to FOPEN(3), using fclose on an fdopen'd file stream also
closes the underlying file descriptor. This happened in _alpm_lckmk
(util.c), which meant that when alpm_trans_release closed it again, the
log file (which reused the original file descriptor) was closed instead.
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Conder <jonno.conder@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
If you were doing a -Qo via xargs, it is at least nice to see what input
caused the error message to occur rather than having a bunch of plain
messages. This matches the style when we can't find the owner of a file.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
There's no API functions exposed which allow manipulation of this type,
so remove it from public view. Also, rename the public and private
alpm_db_get_pkgcache symbol to alpm_db_get_pkgcache_has.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This case currently fails, but highlights a failure in our install
process I experienced the other day. Because we don't do replacement
uninstalls inline with the rest of the upgrade uninstalls, we can have a
time on our system where a critical package is not installed.
I hope no one ever renames glibc.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This allows error messages emitted by the frontend to be a bit more
descriptive and not have the annoying "well why didn't you tell me that
the first time" problem. If a package had multiple missing deps, we
would bail on the first one before rather than finish processing all
missing dependencies, and only print one error message. Instead,
continue through this entire set of missing deps and append all eventual
errors.
The added pactest tests this case, as the to be installed package has
two missing dependencies. However, pactest does not actually test or see
the difference in output from before and after, so it passes in both
cases, but it is clearly visible in the logs.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This is old code that has since gone stale; we no longer ever add
anything to this list so no need to keep it around and check the
contents during extraction.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
* Make conflict_isin() static; it is used nowhere else.
* Remove does_conflict(): it turns out to be replaceable by a single call to
_alpm_depcmp(). By pushing it up, we can reduce calls to _alpm_splitdep()
from 60,368 to 16,940 during one test -Su operation I ran.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
* Use stat() and not lstat(); we don't care for the size of the symlink if
it is one, we want the size of the reference file.
* FS#22896, fix local database estimation on platforms that don't abide by
the nlink assumption for number of children.
* Fix a missing newline on an error message.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Change _alpm_graph_new() to use CALLOC to avoid explicit zeroing out of fields
in pmgraph_t.
Signed-off-by: Pang Yan Han <pangyanhan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Turn it into an enum rather than a boolean, and use a bitmask like we do for
reading DB entries. The relevant flag is turned on in our two calculate
loops, and anything reading the used flag later can decided which flag (or
either) is relevant.
This will allow the read-only partition code to be triggered on a
remove-only operation, e.g. if /boot was read-only and one tried to remove
grub in a sync transaction. Of course, right now, we don't actually run the
diskspace check code in the '-R' codepath.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This is a bit of a stopgap solution for the problem, but an easier one than
revamping the file conflict checking code to support the same stuff. Using
some more gross autoconf magic, figure out which struct field we need to
look at to determine read-only status and store that on our mountpoint
struct. If we find out we needed this partition after calculating size
requirements, then toss an error.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
In the getmntinfo() section, the local variable mnt doesn't exist; this
would have caused a compile error if I had tested the code on such a
platform. Unify both codepaths to just run strlen() on the already copied
mount path instead.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
In packages, our description file contains:
key = value is here
type entries, and we passed "key " and " value is here" to our strtrim
function, causing us to always memmove the value portion to remove the
space. Since this is a throwaway buffer, do the advancing on our own before
trimming to save the need to shift memory around; "value is here" will now
be passed and strtrim will be responsible for trailing whitespace.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
When generating integrity sums, we could get some weird output before due to
epoch being uninitialized:
/usr/bin/makepkg: line 234: [[: 2.6.37: syntax error: invalid arithmetic operator (error token is ".6.37")
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We did this in some but not all cases, assuming the 0 value coming out of
libarchive would not be a problem. However, this does not work for "fake"
filesystems such as rpc_pipefs, which reports a free block and total block
count of zero.
Fix this by not ever counting symlinks or directories, and adding a note
explaining that if we someday do count directories, their size needs to be
attributed to the proper place.
This patch also includes a few cleanups/performance tweaks- avoid calling
strlen() on the mountpoint directory string as much by storing this size in
our mountpoint struct, and push the snprintf() call up to the calculate
functions since we were already doing it here in the remove case.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The overlapping code in _alpm_pkghash_add() and _alpm_pkghash_add_sorted()
are now in a new static function pkghash_add_pkg(). This function has a
third flag parameter which determines whether the package should be added in
sorted order.
Signed-off-by: Pang Yan Han <pangyanhan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
In sync_db_populate() and local_db_populate(), a NULL db->pkgcache is not
caught, allowing the functions to continue instead of exiting.
A later alpm_list_msort() call which uses alpm_list_nth() will thus traverse
invalid pointers in a non-existent db->pkgcache->list.
pm_errno is set to PM_ERR_MEMORY as _alpm_pkghash_create() will only return
NULL when we run out of memory / exceed max hash table size. The local/sync
db_populate() functions are also exited.
Signed-off-by: Pang Yan Han <pangyanhan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Adding the "|| true" to the subshell prevents bash-3.2 setting off the
error_trap but requires changing the if statement.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
When reading the "desc" file in _alpm_local_db_read(), some
strings are trimmed and checked for length > 0 before their
use/duplication subsequently. They are then trimmed again
when there is no need to.
The following code snippet should illustrate it clearly:
while(fgets(line, sizeof(line), fp) &&
strlen(_alpm_strtrim(line))) {
char *linedup;
STRDUP(linedup, _alpm_strtrim(line), goto error);
info->groups = alpm_list_add(info->groups, linedup);
}
This patch removes the redundant _alpm_strtrim() calls in
_alpm_local_db_read() such as the one inside the STRDUP shown
above.
Signed-off-by: Pang Yan Han <pangyanhan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
PM_ERR_WRITE is defined in alpm.h but not handled in
alpm_strerror(). This patch corrects that.
Signed-off-by: Pang Yan Han <pangyanhan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We located files in a few places but didn't check if they were files or
directories. Ensure they are actually files using stat() and S_ISREG(); this
showed itself when trying to download to the directory name itself in
FS#22645.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Rather than potentially move every item to the next NULL, attempt to move at
most one item at a time by iterating backwards from the NULL location in the
hash array. If we move an item, we repeat the process on the now shorter
"chain" until no more items need moving.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
This takes in the list and a list item, and does the pointer dance necessary
to remove it from the list regardless of whether it is first, last, or
somewhere in the middle. It is useful for callers that already know what
item needs to be removed and have a pointer to it rather than doing a search
by data that the plain alpm_list_remove() does.
Refactor alpm_list_remove() to use this function as well.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Fully removes a package from the hash. Also unify prototype with
removal from an alpm_list_t, fixing issues when removing a package
from the pkgcache.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
While probably still not optimal in terms of everyday usage in
pacman, this reduces the absolute size increase to "more reasonable"
levels. For databases greater than 5000 in size, the minimum size
increase is used which is still on the order of a 10% increase.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Check that the requested size of a pkghash is not beyond the maximum
prime. Also check for successful creation of a new hash before
rehashing.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Since the sync database never changes size once we initialize it, we
allow it to be filled a bit more. This reduces the overall memory
footprint needed by the hash table.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This allows us to get through the rehash required by smoke001 and pass
all pactests. It is by no means the best or most efficient
implementation but it does do the job.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Read the package information for sync/local databases into a pmpkghash_t
structure.
Provide a alpm_db_get_pkgcache_list() method that returns the list from
the hash object. Most usages of alpm_db_get_pkgcache are converted to
this at this stage for ease of implementation. Review whether these are
better accessing the hash table directly at a later stage.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
This works for both local and sync databases in slightly different ways. For
the local database, we can use the directory hard link count on the local/
folder. For sync databases, we use the archive size coupled with some
computed average per-package sizes to determine an estimate.
This is currently a dead assignment once calculated, but could be used to
set the initial size of a hash table.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
The current behaviour, which is placing source packages in PKGDEST if
SRCPKGDEST is not set, is inconsistent with {SRC,PKG}DEST handling and
there is no real advantage in doing so.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
At least in FreeBSD, find always returns 0 if it finds stuff
(imagine that). It doesn't care about the exit status of whatever is
passed to -exec.
This patch makes the checks compatible with this behaviour.
Using xargs and not using grep directly because packages with too many
files would cause grep to complain about argument list being too long.
This should also fix the false positive in packages with no files.
Signed-off-by: Nezmer <git@nezmer.info>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Noted in FS#22697. When I factored out _alpm_parsedate() into a common
function, I didn't move the <locale.h> include properly, causing a build
failure when NLS is disabled and this header isn't automatically included
everywhere.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This flag allows to disable version checking in dependency resolving
code.
depcmp_tolerant respects the NODEPVERSION flag but we still keep the
original strict depcmp. The idea is to reduce the impact of the
NODEPVERSION flag by using it in fewer places.
I replaced almost all depcmp calls by depcmp_tolerant in deps.c (except
in the public find_satisfier used by deptest / pacman -T), but I kept
depcmp in sync.c and conflict.c
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
No reason to disallow this- it allows keeping even more packages around in
the cache. Test cases included for this case and to ensure the default
behavior is preserved.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The first two are rather standard tests of our two available clean options,
and the third is attempting to test a reported bug (and failing to make the
given case fail).
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
It's likely that these interfaces will break sooner or later, now that
pacman no longer uses them.
So better force the two people who use them to migrate their code to the
new add_pkg/remove_pkg interface, which is very easy anyway.
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
This function is used both for provision and group selection. Now the
database name will be displayed.
$ pacman -S base-devel
:: There are 11 members in group base-devel:
:: Repository testing
1) make
:: Repository core
2) autoconf 3) automake 4) bison 5) fakeroot 6) flex 7) gcc 8) libtool 9) m4 10) patch 11) pkg-config
Which ones do you want to install?
Enter a number (default=all):
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Make use of parseindex like in multiselect, and loop until we get a
valid answer like in multiselect.
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Old interface is marked as deprecated:
int alpm_sync_target(char *target);
int alpm_sync_dbtarget(char *db, char *target);
int alpm_add_target(char *target);
int alpm_remove_target(char *target);
New recommended interface:
int alpm_add_pkg(pmpkg_t *pkg);
int alpm_remove_pkg(pmpkg_t *pkg);
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Note that there is a behavior change here : if the same package name
appeared several times in the target list, the alpm_add_target interface
chooses the new package, while alpm_add_pkg returns PKG_DUP.
I don't see why we cannot unify the behavior of -S and -U, and just
choose one behavior that applies to both.
Otherwise, it's always possible to handle these different behaviors in
the frontend, it just requires more work.
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
For consistency with alpm_add_pkg.
The new recommended interface is alpm_add_pkg / alpm_remove_pkg, all
others interfaces are deprecated.
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
This uses the new public functions to handle targets from the frontend,
like it used to be :
1) alpm_find_dbs_satisfier to find (optionally versioned) package or
provision
2) alpm_find_grp_pkgs to find members for a groups
3) alpm_add_pkg to finally add the pmpkg_t from 1 or 2
Of course, this adds more code to the frontend, but it completely
deprecates sync_target and sync_dbtarget interfaces.
This all-in-one interfaces felt wrong and left no control to the
frontend. A good frontend should just use alpm_add_pkg, with pkg coming
from alpm_db_get_pkg (for normal targets), alpm_find_dbs_satisfier (for
versioned provisions) or alpm_find_grp_pkgs (for groups).
This also opens the way to provide a better group handling in pacman
without constraint from libalpm and callbacks.
In ignore006, only the retcode changes, because no package was found to
satisfy the target (the only possible package is ignored).
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
This group function is meant to help group handling from frontend : it
scans all dbs, handling ignored packages and duplicate members (the
first repo where a member is found has the priority).
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
This new function is meant to deprecate all existing
sync/add target functions :
int alpm_sync_target(char *target);
int alpm_sync_dbtarget(char *db, char *target);
int alpm_add_target(char *target);
Rather than dropping these 3 interfaces, it might be better to rewrite
them using alpm_add_pkg for now.
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
This is a public interface for resolvedep. It looks nicer to expose it
this way rather than through sync_target.
This function can also be helpful for external tools as it should give
good results close to how pacman select a package for satisfying a given
dep.
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
If there are multiple providers in one db, pacman used to just stop at
the first one (both during dependency resolution or for pacman -S
'provision' which uses the same code).
This adds a new conversation callback so that the user can choose which
provider to install. By default (user press enter or --noconfirm), the
first provider is still chosen, so for example the behavior of sync402
and 403 is preserved. But at least the user now has the possibility to
make the right choice in a manual run.
If one of the provider is already installed, it is picked for
reinstall/upgrade, so that provision 002/003 pactest now pass.
$ pacman -S community/smtp-server
:: There are 3 providers available for smtp-server:
1) courier-mta 2) esmtp 3) exim
Which one do you want to install?
Enter a number (default=1):
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
We were piecemeal passing fields from the test object in and it was getting
out of hand, and future work would have added yet another argument. Instead,
just pass the entire test object and entrust the rule to get what it needs.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Perform the cheap struct and string setup of the local DB at handle
initialization time to match the teardown we do when releasing the handle.
If the local DB is not needed, all real initialization is done lazily after
DB paths and other things have been configured anyway.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We explicitly place 'pkgbase' (and used to place 'force') fields inside
PKGINFO files, so ignore them silently instead of printing an error for
them. Also make the error message for unknown keys actually contain the key.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This will make a 404 a silent failure that returns an error code rather than
0 as was previously done, screwing up the logic used by pacman/libalpm to
allow moving onto the next server on a failed download. Fixes FS#22630.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We were returning a package error code rather than a DB one, and we
would leak the archive memory if the database file didn't exist.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Before any non-matching line would trigger some perl warnings about
undefined variables. If a line doesn't match, just show it to the user
unprocessed; this is seen with warning and error messages pacman not so
helpfully emits on stdout rather than stderr.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We didn't have the proper dependencies specified for our scripts after
the move to *.in extensions, so a change to a file didn't trigger a
rebuild. Also remove old stuff from .gitignore.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Clean up some of the code by doing less string copying and printing. This is
accomplished by either doing it after we know we need it, or taking
advantage of the fact that some strings never change such as the root
directory prefix. Also, fix an issue where a file at the root level (e.g.
/foobar) could not be queried.
End result is a much faster user experience when combined with the
mbasename() changes. These timings are for looking up 113 files in /etc/,
some of which are owned and some which are not.
$ find /etc -maxdepth 1 -type f | xargs time pacman -Qo >/dev/null
6.10user 0.05system 0:06.17elapsed 99%CPU (0avgtext+0avgdata 131040maxresident)k
0inputs+0outputs (0major+9436minor)pagefaults 0swaps
$ find /etc -maxdepth 1 -type f | xargs time ./src/pacman/.libs/lt-pacman -Qo >/dev/null
0.86user 0.04system 0:00.92elapsed 99%CPU (0avgtext+0avgdata 131120maxresident)k
0inputs+0outputs (0major+9436minor)pagefaults 0swaps
I'll take a 600% increase in speed.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Rather than roll our own, use strrchr() instead, which glibc may have a
better implementation than the simple iteration method we were using.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
These deal with already-installed packages and how they should be the
preferred provider in cases where provider selection now occurs. A few
involve multiple sync repos.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The order was non-deterministic before, and just happened to work for
sync023.py as it was written. Ensure there is some sort of predictable
ordering.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Instead of always printing MISSING, we can switch on the errno value set by
access() and print a more useful string. In this case, handle files we can't
read by printing UNREADABLE, print MISSING on ENOENT, and print UNKNOWN for
anything else. Fixes FS#22546.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
And also change "Not Modified" -> "UNMODIFIED" for consistency. This makes
it a lot easier to machine-parse this and not worry about locale
differences.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Remove all logic dealing with PKG_MODIFIED as this rule no longer exists.
This removes a bunch of unnecessary stat and checksum logic that most of the
time we were never even using. Also update the file modified checks to mark
every file created using mkfile() with an older time so any modified checks
will just work without hacks.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
All conditions that this particular rule tested are better served by using a
more specific rule, whether that be checking a package version or whether
files inside the package have changed or still exist.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
dirty indicates if the repo has uncommited changes or not when building,
so dont hardcode this info.
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
repo-add should only attempt to create the delta file when using the -d
option.
Also adjust a couple of tests to use the "double bracket" syntax.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Allan, I had no idea you were not listed here. I think you count as an
active developer at the moment. Also, move Aaron to the past contributors
section.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This includes info on version comparison that is very similar to the stuff
in the pacman manpage, but also a few vercmp examples, the return values,
and other fun stuff.
Also update the version comparison stuff in the pacman manpage.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This makes things consistent with everywhere else we are incorporating the
new optional epoch field. Add a helper function that forms the version
string for you and use it in makepkg where I found 'pkgver.*-.*pkgrel'.
This exposes a few shortcomings in a previous "Override pkgver" patch
(2020e629) in the install package and check if built functions.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Instead, go the same route we have always taken with version-release in
libalpm and treat it all as one piece of information. Makepkg is the only
script that knows about epoch as a distinct value; from there on out we will
parse out the components as necessary.
This makes the code a lot simpler as far as epoch handling goes. The
downside here is that we are tossing some compatibility to the wind;
packages using force will have to be rebuilt with an incremented epoch to
keep their special status.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Adapting from RPM, follow the [epoch:]version[-release] syntax. We can also
borrow some of their parsing code for our purposes (thanks!). Add some new
tests to our vercmp shell script tester for epoch comparisons, and then make
the code work with these newfangled epoch specifiers.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Since it is the same string. Done with some bash looping and sed magic.
for src in po/*.po; do
echo $src
newtrans=$(grep -A1 "msgid.*$1" $src | tail -n1)
newtrans=${newtrans//\\/\\\\}
echo "$newtrans"
fname=${src##*/}
dest=lib/libalpm/po/$fname
sed -i -e "/msgid.*$1/{N; s/msgstr.*$/$newtrans/}" $dest
done
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
In most (all?) cases, we will process all files for a given sync database
entry sequentially. The code currently does an _alpm_pkg_find() for every
file in the database, but we had the "current" package readily available.
Shift some local variables around a bit to expose this to sync_db_read() and
use it if the package is the correct one.
On my system, this cuts calls to _alpm_pkg_find() from 20,769 to 10,349
calls during a -Qu operation, and results in a ~30% speedup of the same
operation (0.35 sec -> 0.27 sec). This benefit should be apparent anywhere
we read in the full contents of the sync databases.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We don't need to create a temporary copy of the string if we are smart with
our pointer manipulation and string copying. This saves a bunch of string
duplication during database parsing, both local and sync.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Remove the need for an unconditional string duplication by using pointer
arithmetic instead, and strndup() instead of an unspecified-length strdup().
This should reduce memory churn a fair amount as this is called pretty
frequently during database loads.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We haven't tweaked this in a while, but some of the old stuff seems to no
longer be necessary and there are a few new things we should add.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Confirming the current behavior. And yes, the error message is still no
better than it was when this was reported 3.5 years ago.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
When installing packages from a file, the integrity check count
stays at (0/x) complete. This ensures it is bumped to (x/x) at
the end of the process.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
It is pretty annoying to get one, fix it, and then get another. We should be
able to continue on through most of the sanity checks in one go so the user
gets all the error messages at once.
Also ensure $pkgbase is defined by the time we call this function;
previously we printed nothing where a package name should have been due to
this oversight.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
I tried to move things around here when testing and did a bit too much; the
warning message always showed regardless of delta inclusion in the call. Fix
it so we only warn if we have a filename, but the file couldn't be located.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This is essentially a backport/cherry-pick of commit 33240e87b9 from
master, but has to be done by hand because the DB format has diverged. Read
more in the commit message used there, which follows.
Due to the way we funk around with package data loading, we had a condition
where the filelist got doubled up because it was loaded twice.
Packages are originally loaded with INFRQ_BASE. In an upgrade/sync, the
package is checked for file conflicts next, leaving us in an "INFRQ_BASE |
INFRQ_FILES" state. Later, when committing a single package, we have an
explicit call to _alpm_local_db_read() with INFRQ_ALL as the level. Because
the package's level did not match this, we skipped over our previous "does
the incoming level match where I'm at" shortcut, and continued to load
things again, because of a lack of fine-grained checking for each of DESC,
FILES, and INSTALL.
The end result is we loaded the filelist twice, causing our remove logic to
iterate twice over the installed files, spewing a bunch of "cannot find file
X" messages.
Fix the problem by doing a bit more bitmasking logic throughout the load
method, and also fix the sanity check at the beginning of the function- this
should *only* be used for local packages as opposed to the "not a package"
check that was there before.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This will prevent duplicates, which we had plenty of once I made a few tests
that had a list of files greater than the normal two. The previous logic was
not working quite right.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
(cherry picked from commit 0d4dd09993)
After all the debate as to what to do on maint, we are going to end up just
incorporating epoch into the version string, so we don't need this separate
field at all. Revert commit 5c8083baa4 and also kill the force flag we were
recording here as well.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Due to the way we funk around with package data loading, we had a condition
where the filelist got doubled up because it was loaded twice.
Packages are originally loaded with INFRQ_BASE. In an upgrade/sync, the
package is checked for file conflicts next, leaving us in an "INFRQ_BASE |
INFRQ_FILES" state. Later, when committing a single package, we have an
explicit call to _alpm_local_db_read() with INFRQ_ALL as the level. Because
the package's level did not match this, we skipped over our previous "does
the incoming level match where I'm at" shortcut, and continued to load
things again, because of a lack of fine-grained checking for each of DESC,
FILES, and INSTALL.
The end result is we loaded the filelist twice, causing our remove logic to
iterate twice over the installed files, spewing a bunch of "cannot find file
X" messages.
Fix the problem by doing a bit more bitmasking logic throughout the load
method, and also fix the sanity check at the beginning of the function- this
should *only* be used for local packages as opposed to the "not a package"
check that was there before.
A debug log message was added to upgraderemove as well to match the one
already in the normal remove codepath.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
libarchive eventually calls it anyway, but backtraces make a lot more sense
if we call it, as well as matching our precedent from alpm_pkg_load().
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This is helpful anyway to the user, and should also be helpful to us if we
see problems cropping up in the check during development.
Also add a missing ->used = 0 initialization in the code path less taken.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Although they won't be the same in the gettext catalog because of the '\n'
we should still use the same text.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This can take a while too, and it is really easy to add the necessary
callback stuff for adding a progressbar.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
These were just two small things I came across today and found could be
fixed or helpful, so I've added them and I'm not sure what else to bundle
them with. commit_count++
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
These are probably useful anyway, but also exposed the double file list bug
that will be fixed in a later commit.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This will prevent duplicates, which we had plenty of once I made a few tests
that had a list of files greater than the normal two. The previous logic was
not working quite right.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Rather than explicit cd calls, we can use the directory stack to our
advantage. This also removes the need to store and restore $startdir, so
kill the variable entirely.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
* Remove a stale comment
* Fix a logic error- the conditional disagreed with the comments
* Remove some unnecessary floating point casts
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We were checking if a package existed locally, but then using the
incoming package to calculate removed size rather than the currently
installed package.
Also adjust the local variable in the replaces loop to make it more
clear that we are always dealing with local packages here.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
All of these can be done with integer division; the only slightly
interesting part is ensuring we round up like before with calling the
ceil() function.
We can also remove the math library from requirements; now that the only
ceil() calls are gone, we don't need this anymore.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
file_pkg_ops can be a static struct like in other backends, we just need
to initialize it at some point.
Dan: add initialization flag.
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
None of these warn at the normal "-Wall -Werror" level, but casts do occur
that we are fine with. Make them explicit to silence some warnings when
using "-Wconversion".
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
There is a lot of swtiching between size_t and int for alpm_list sizes
in the codebase. Start converting these to all be size_t by adjusting
the return type of alpm_list_count and fixing all additional warnings
given by -Wconversion that are generated by this change.
Dan: a few more small changes to ensure things compile, adjusting some
printf format string characters to accommodate the larger size on x86_64.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
And change the wording slightly to indicate we *print* a value, not *return*
it. You can't return negative values (they get coerced to 255), so it isn't
worth it to try and cram the result into the return code.
Acked-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
All functions that are limited to the local translation unit are
declared static. This exposed that the _pkg_get_deltas declaration
in be_local.c was being satified by the function in packages.c which
when declared static caused linker failures.
Fixes all warnings with -Wmissing-{declarations,prototypes}.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
* FS#19854 (--ignore is ignored with groups)
* http://www.archlinux.org/pipermail/pacman-dev/2009-June/008847.html
(operation aborts when a package from a group is ignored/and user chooses
not to install it)
If a group member is ignored, we expect
a) a question whether to install
b) after saying 'no' to a), the ignored member not to be installed
c) all other group members to be installed
d) pacman to execute successfully
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
(cherry picked from commit 9d0b33fd33)
Add the "buildflags" option, which is useful in its negative form
for disabling CFLAGS, CXXFLAGS and LDFLAGS when building a package.
This is useful when determining of one of these flags is causing
an issue with a package.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
A PKGBUILD can have an option check() function for running test suites
between the build() and package() stages. This function is run by
default but can be disabled globally in with "!check" in BUILDENV in
makepkg.conf. This setting can be controlled on an individual package
basis using makepkg's --check and --nocheck flags. Addition dependencies
needed for running the test suite can be specified in the checkdepends
array and are only checked when running the check() function.
Original-work-by: Jeff C <jeff@kcaccess.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We use PATH_MAX everywhere by including limits.h so there is no
point in doing a check for it in a different header when dealing
with FreeBSD's libfetch.
Also, remove autoconf check for strings.h header as it is not used
anywhere.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
POSIX does not require PATH_MAX be defined when there is not actual
limit to its value. This affects HURD based systems. Work around
this by defining PATH_MAX to 4096 (as on Linux) when this is not
defined.
Also, clean up inclusions of limits.h and remove autoconf check for
this header as we do not use macro shields for its inclusion anyway.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The closing parenthesis of bash arrays needs to be escaped in the ending
address of awk expressions in order to play nicely with implementations
of awk other than gawk. This change provides compatibility with gawk,
nawk and mawk.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Currently, using $pkgname in a split package package_*() function
always returns the first value in the pkgname array rather than the
name of tha package being packaged. Fix this so $pkgname gives the
expected value.
Fixes FS#22174
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Just like we did for package name comparsions, if we add a depend name_hash
field on depend struct initialization, we can use it instead of doing a
string name comparison, saving us a lot of checks in the depcmp code.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Noticed when tweaking testdb, when we run _alpm_depcmp in loops and call it
seven million times, the strdup()/free() combo can add up. Remove the need
for any string duplication by some pointer manipulation and use of strncmp
instead of strcmp. Also kill the function logger and add an escape so we
don't needlessly retrieve the list of provides.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This creates two packages with extremely long description lines (500KB and
600 KB), causing our archive read code to perform reallocation to store the
whole contents. One of the packages will successfully read while the other
will fail for the time being.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
And modify the code to not print the full rule string if it is more than 40
characters long; truncate it instead.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The old function was written in a time before we relied on it for nearly
every operation. Since then, we have switched to the archive backend and now
fast parsing is a big deal.
The former function made a per-character call to the libarchive
archive_read_data() function, which resulted in some 21 million calls in a
typical "load all sync dbs" operation. If we instead do some buffering of
our own and read the blocks directly, and then find our newlines from there,
we can cut out the multiple layers of overhead and go from archive to parsed
data much quicker.
Both users of the former function are switched over to the new signature,
made easier by the macros now in place in the sync backend parsing code.
Performance: for a `pacman -Su` (no upgrades available),
_alpm_archive_fgets() goes from being 29% of the total time to 12% The time
spent on the libarchive function being called dropped from 24% to 6%.
This pushes _alpm_pkg_find back to the title of slowest low-level function.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Sync DB's no longer have an extracted directory, so remove the files check
for those. Local databases no longer have a 'depends' file, so kill that
check as well. Finally, do a little other cleanup and remove the need for
PATH_MAX.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The amount of diskspace needed for a transaction can be less than
zero. Only test this against the available disk space if it is
positive, which avoids a comparison being made between signed and
unsigned types (-Wsign-compare).
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Always declare a function with (void) rather than () when we expect
no arguements. Fixes all warnings with -Wstrict-prototypes.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We should always use $BUILDSCRIPT instead of PKGBUILD. The only
remaining uses of PKGBUILD in makekg are in comments.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This simplifies a lot of the repetative code and makes it obvious where the
tricky or different ones are (e.g. depends, dates). It also makes it
significantly easier to change the way this code works in the future.
There should be no functional change with this patch.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Add some basic documentation for the PKGEXT and SRCEXT options in
makepkg.conf. Fixes FS#21302.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Saves a few bytes due to padding (256 -> 248 bytes), especially on x86_64,
so we get the overhead of our new hash field right back.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This results in huge gains to a lot of our codepaths since this is the most
frequent method of random access to packages in a list. The gains are seen
in both profiling and real life.
$ pacman -Sii zvbi
real: 0.41 sec -> 0.32 sec
strcmp: 16,669,760 calls -> 473,942 calls
_alpm_pkg_find: 52.73% -> 26.31% of time
$ pacman -Su (no upgrades found)
real: 0.40 sec -> 0.50 sec
strcmp: 19,497,226 calls -> 524,097 calls
_alpm_pkg_find: 52.36% -> 26.15% of time
There is some minor risk with this patch, but most of it should be avoided
by falling back to strcmp() if we encounter a package with a '0' hash value
(which we should not via any existing code path). We also do a strcmp once
hash values match to ensure against hash collisions. The risk left is that a
package name is modified once it was originally set, but the hash value is
left alone. That would probably result in a lot of other problems anyway.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This is prepping for the addition of a hash field to each package to greatly
speed up the string comparisons we frequently do on package name in
_alpm_pkg_find.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Rather than error out, this is easy enough. Looks quite similar to the code
in be_local for creating the local directory.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The pacman-db-upgrade script was added to detect old pacman database
formats and upgrade them.
Currently performs the merging of depends files into desc files in
the local database.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Whenever depends is needed from the local db, so is desc. The only
disadvantage to merging them is the additional time taken to read the
depends entries when they are not needed. As depends is in general
relatively small, the additional time taken to read it in will be
negligable. Also, merging these files will speed up local database
access due to less file seeks.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This should hopefully address some of the concerns raised in FS#11639 with
regards to continuing after filling the disk up.
Add some more checks and passing of error conditions between our functions.
When a libarchive warning is encountered, check if it is due to lack of disk
space and if so upgrade it to an error condition. A review of other
libarchive warnings suggests that these are less critical and can remain as
informative warning messages at this stage.
Note the presence of errors after extraction of an entire package is complete.
If so, we abort the transaction to be on the safe side and keep damage to a
minimum.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
[Allan: make ENOSPC warning into an error]
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Rather than hiding these warnings, show them to the user as they happen.
This will prevent things such as hiding full filesystem errors (ENOSPC) from
the user as seen in FS#11639.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
[Allan: adjust warning wording and add gettext calls]
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Whether it be "desc", "depends", or "deltas", it really doesn't matter-
treat them all the same and have the ability to read any data from any file
in that list. This continues the work in a44c7b8956.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We are comparing a floating point number so should use an inequality
rather than implicitly testing != 0.
Prevents warning given by -Wfloat-equal.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Check the over-ridden entries for provides, backup, optdepends and
options for illegal entries. Partially fixes FS#16004.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
* Use our normal return() function syntax
* Rework a few things to reduce number of casts
* Fix void function argument declaration
* Add missing gettext _() call
* Remove need for seperate malloc() of statvfs/statfs structure
* Unify argument order of static functions- mountpoints now always
passed first
* Count all files that start with '.' in a package against the DB
* Rename db to db_local in check_diskspace to clarify some code
* Fix some line wrapping to respect 80 characters
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Turn it into a configure-type typedef, which allows us to reduce the
amount of duplicated code and clean up some #ifdef magic in the code
itself. Adjust some of the other defined checks to look at the headers
available rather than trying to pull in the right ones based on
configure checks.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Checking disk space needed for a transaction can take a while so add
an informative progress bar.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Disk space checking is likely to be an unnecessary bottleneck to
people with reasonable partition sizes so add a configuration option
to allow it to be disabled/enabled as wanted.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Pull together the work of the previous commits to implement a check
for enough free space before performing an install transaction. Abort
if there is not enough free space with an appropriate pm_errno..
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Two helper function are added to calculate the disk usage from packages
that are either currently installed on the system or from a package
archive.
Some minor approximations have been made:
1. Size for directories is not considered when removing a package from the
filesystem to avoid multiple counting across packages. Also, these are
reported to take zero size while installing.
2. Symlinks are reported to contribute zero size towards removal as
libarchive reports them to have zero size for install.
3. Package data files (.PKGINFO, .INSTALL, .CHANGELOG) are counted towards
usage on dbpath on install, but their size is not counted on package
removal.
4. No handling of extra size needed for .pacsave/.pacnew files.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
For a given file, determine which mount point it is on or will be
installed to. Take into account that we might be using an alternative
installation root.
Add additional helper function added to sort mount point list for easier
matching.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Add a mount_point_list() function that attempts to portably obtain
a list of system mount points and a struct to hold needed mount point
information.
Abort the transaction if we are unable to determine the mount points.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Very basic prototyping for adding functionality to check free disk
space before performing package installs.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This macro is deemed unnecessary by even the autoconf guys, so we really
don't need to use it.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We were including the header in a lot of places it is no longer used.
Additionally, use the correct autoconf macro for determining whether
d_type is available as a member: HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This is a delta specific definition so it makes more sense to put
it in the delta specific header file.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This will allow us to eventually combine the depends and desc entries
within the sync database.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The error message that has been removed never gets to print because, given the
same condition, handle_deps throws the same error and then immediately exits
makepkg.
Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
As check_deps is run in a subshell, exit had the same meaning as return.
Since the intention is to halt makepkg when pacman throws an error other than
127, the enclosing function has to handle error control instead.
Fixes FS#19840
Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The escape string isn't necesarily \033; it's determined by what the
particular termcap/info entry for that terminal contains.
Bash uses ncurses functions to expand \e to the _correct_ terminal
escape.
Signed-off-by: Carlos Diaz <839273@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This allows to very easily support non-color and linear mode, by just
setting the variables to an empty string, very much like it was done in
the bash script.
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
The deps walking code simply calls print_start, print, print_end, and
all the printing logic is handled there.
The unresolvable printing is disabled for now because it does not handle
linear mode, and the linear and color output will be re-written.
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Use the bash script in contrib as the basis for a C rewrite using
libalpm. The speedup can go from dozens of seconds to less than one
second.
Colorized output is preserved.
The --graph option generates output that graphviz's `dot' utility will
understand to draw us a graph. Output is written to stdout and it is
left up to the user to pipe the data and determine the output
characteristics.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
When a -Sk or -Uk operation induced a removal of an existing local
package, --dbonly was not in effect and the files were all removed.
Fixing this behavior was already marked as TODO in database012 pactest
------------
TODO: I honestly think the above should NOT delete the original les, it
hould upgrade the DB entry without touching anything on the file stem.
E.g. this test should be the same as:
pacman -R --dbonly dummy && pacman -U --dbonly dummy.pkg.tar.gz
------------
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
[Dan: small coding style touchup]
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Example with pacman -Uh :
$ pacman -Uh
options:
-b, --dbpath <path> set an alternate database location
-d, --nodeps skip dependency checks
-f, --force force install, overwrite conflicting files
-k, --dbonly only modify database entries, not package files
-r, --root <path> set an alternate installation root
-v, --verbose be verbose
--arch <arch> set an alternate architecture
--asdeps install packages as non-explicitly installed
--asexplicit install packages as explicitly installed
--cachedir <dir> set an alternate package cache location
--config <path> set an alternate configuration file
--debug display debug messages
--ignore <pkg> ignore a package upgrade (can be used more than once)
--ignoregroup <grp>
ignore a group upgrade (can be used more than once)
--logfile <path> set an alternate log file
--noconfirm do not ask for any confirmation
--noprogressbar do not show a progress bar when downloading files
--noscriptlet do not execute the install scriptlet if one exists
--print only print the targets instead of performing the operation
--print-format <string>
specify how the targets should be printed
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
[Dan: small coding style touchups]
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The three parts (help, manpage and code) are now organized in the same
way and much easier to compare :
- specific options
- install/upgrade options for -S and -U
- transaction options for -S -R and -U
- global options
After this re-organization, it was easy to update and sync the three
components together. Duplication is also avoided.
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Either we expose all low levels function dealing with pmdepend_t
(splitdep and depfree come to mind), or we don't.
Since none of the tools use depcmp, I chose to remove it. In the future,
we might want to expose higher level functions such as
alpm_find_satisfier, or just lower level functions like splitdep and
depfree together with depcmp.
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This has been replaced by the more flexible alpm_find_satisfier
function, and alpm_deptest was completely unsused now.
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
It's very easy to re-implement the -T feature with the more generic
alpm_find_satisfier rather then the more specific and less useful
alpm_deptest.
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
whatprovides and splitdep were removed, so depcmp alone is quite useless
now without splitdep, and deptest is not flexible enough.
Introduce a new alpm_find_satisfier which is hopefully more flexible,
this should make implementation of deptest very easy, and also help alpm
tools such as pactree.
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Only occurs if no arguments were provided directly. Arguments can be
separated by any amount of valid whitespace. This allows for piping into
pacman from other programs or from itself, e.g.:
pacman -Qdtq | pacman -Rs
This is better than using xargs, as xargs will not reconnect stdin to
the terminal. The above operation performed using xargs would require
the --noconfirm flag to be passed to pacman.
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <d@falconindy.com>
when calling '-S repo/group', only group members in <repo> should should
be installed (group members in other repos are ignored)
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
* FS#19854 (--ignore is ignored with groups)
* http://www.archlinux.org/pipermail/pacman-dev/2009-June/008847.html
(operation aborts when a package from a group is ignored/and user chooses
not to install it)
If a group member is ignored, we expect
a) a question whether to install
b) after saying 'no' to a), the ignored member not to be installed
c) all other group members to be installed
d) pacman to execute successfully
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We still need to read force entry in epoch-aware pacman, so that when we
install an old force package, EPOCH gets written to the local db.
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Populate $cur and $prev with the new bash-completion 1.2 function,
_get_comp_words_by_ref.
_get_cword and _get_pword have been deprecated.
Signed-off-by: Carlos Diaz <839273@gmail.com>
This adds epoch support to pactest, while still producing packages and
database entries the same way makepkg and repo-add currently do in a
backward compatible fashion (still including the 'force' option).
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Allow it to be a variable in the PKGBUILD as well as propagating it through
to the built package and the package database. We leave some backward
compatibility in place by placing the '%FORCE%' option in the database if
the package contains an epoch; this will be used by older versions of pacman
and more or less ignored by versions that use epoch.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This will allow for better control of what was previously the 'force' option
in a PKGBUILD and transferred into the built package.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Remove unnecessary parsing of fields not found in local desc files.
Leave %FORCE% parsing as this likely will make an appearance in desc
files in the future.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
The splitname function is a general utility function and so is better
suited to util.h. Rename it to _alpm_splitname to indicate it is an
internal libalpm function as was the case prior to splitting local and
sync db handling.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
These functions are only needed by be_local and were only promoted
to db.{h,c} as part of the splitting of handling the local and sync
dbs. Move them into be_local.c and make them static again.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Clean-up the previous download location of the sync database and
any old extracted sync database directories which are unneeded
with the tar-db backend.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Read in list of packages for sync db from tar archive.
Breaks reading in _alpm_sync_db_read and a lot of pactests (which
is expected as they do not handle sync db in archives...).
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Put the db_operations struct to use and completely split the handling
of the sync and local databases.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
The file be_files.c is "split" to be_local.c and be_sync.c in order
to achieve separate handling of sync and local databases.
Some basic clean-up of functions that are only of use for local or
sync databases has been performed and some rough function renaming
in duplicated code has been performed to prevent compilation errors.
However, most of the clean-up and final separation of sync and local
db handling occurs in following patches.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
BASH is defined when you are actually using bash during configure, which
sucks because it ends up being '/bin/sh', messing up all of our scripts.
Change the name of the variable we use in configure, and also ensure we get
a full path to the executable by using AC_PATH_PROGS rather than
AC_CHECK_PROGS. Finally, change the variable name everywhere we use it.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
These will be needed for the handling of both local and sync database
caches, so put them in a common location.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Move splitname, checkdbdir, get_pkgpath into db.{h,c} as these will be
needed to parse both the local and sync databases during the initial
splitting. They will be moved out of db.{h,c} at to more appropriate
locations at a later stage.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
It doesn't do a whole lot yet, but these type of operations will
potentially be different for the DBs we load.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Cache bullshit only has relevance to be_files, so move it there.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
[Allan: BIG rebase]
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Hopefully we've finally arrived at package handling nirvana, or at least
this commit will get us a heck of a lot closer. The former method of getting
the depends list for a package was the following:
1. call alpm_pkg_get_depends()
2. this method would check if the package came from the cache
3. if so, ensure our cache level is correct, otherwise call db_load
4. finally return the depends list
Why did this suck? Because getting the depends list from the package
shouldn't care about whether the package was loaded from a file, from the
'package cache', or some other system which we can't even use because the
damn thing is so complicated. It should just return the depends list.
So what does this commit change? It adds a pointer to a struct of function
pointers to every package for all of these 'package operations' as I've
decided to call them (I know, sounds completely straightforward, right?). So
now when we call an alpm_pkg_get-* function, we don't do any of the cache
logic or anything else there- we let the actual backend handle it by
delegating all work to the method at pkg->ops->get_depends.
Now that be_package has achieved equal status with be_files, we can treat
packages from these completely different load points differently. We know a
package loaded from a zip file will have all of its fields populated, so
we can set up all its accessor functions to be direct accessors. On the
other hand, the packages loaded from the local and sync DBs are not always
fully-loaded, so their accessor functions are routed through the same logic
as before.
Net result? More code. However, this code now make it roughly 52 times
easier to open the door to something like a read-only tar.gz database
backend.
Are you still reading? I'm impressed. Looking at the patch will probably be
clearer than this long-winded explanation.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
[Allan: rebase and adjust]
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Implement this seemingly simple change in package.h:
typedef enum _pmpkgfrom_t {
- PKG_FROM_CACHE = 1,
- PKG_FROM_FILE
+ PKG_FROM_FILE = 1,
+ PKG_FROM_LOCALDB,
+ PKG_FROM_SYNCDB
} pmpkgfrom_t;
which requires flushing out several assumptions from around the codebase
with regards to usage of the PKG_FROM_CACHE value. Make some changes where
required to allow the switch, and now the correct value should be set (via a
crude hack) depending on whether a package was loaded as an entry in a local
db or a sync db.
This patch underwent some big rebasing from Allan and Dan.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Move almost all of the caching related stuff into a single #define
(which should maybe even just be a static function) so we don't
duplicate logic all over the place. This also makes the code a heck of a
lot shorter and means further changes to this stuff don't have to touch
each and every getter function.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
* Add a .gitignore file
* Use the same 'GEN' output we have in the scripts/ Makefile when doing our
edits on the .in files
* Remove PKGBUILD.vim and vimprojects from our edit list, they have no need
to be in the list
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
In the following, the letters SRUDQ refer to the corresponding pacman
operations.
Most of the work in this commit is about removing as many options as
possible from the global section and moving them to where they actually
belong.
Additionally, --ignore{,group} are added to U and --dbonly is added
to S.
--dbonly added to S
--asdeps moved to S/U/D
--asexplicit moved to S/U/D
--print-format moved to S/U/R
--noprogressbar moved to S/U/R
--noscriptlet moved to S/U/R
--ignorepkg added to U
--ignoregrp added to U
-d moved to S/U/R (--nodeps) and Q (--deps)
-p moved to S/U/R (--print) and Q (--file)
-f moved to S/U
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Split parsing of CLI arguments into separate functions:
parsearg_op (operations)
parsearg_global (global options)
parsearg_{database,query,remove,sync,deptest,upgrade}
Organization strictly follows the manpage (even where the manpage is
incorrect) - these cases will be fixed in the following commits.
Switch cases are copy/pasted and statements unrelated to chosen
operation are deleted.
Parsing logic adjusted as follows:
1) Parse operation
2) If we can bail out early (duplicate op, help/version requested) do so
3) Parse arguments again:
foreach arg:
if arg is operation:
continue
tryparse_args_specific_to_op
if unsuccessful tryparse_args_global
if unsuccessful print error message and exit
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
* Add a bunch of static declarations where possible
* Fix void functions to be proper syntax, e.g. void func(void)
* Consistency fixes (such as argv references)
* Remove dead str_cmp() function from testdb
* Remove unneeded config.h header includes
* vercmp: remove completely unnecessary string copying
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This applies to contrib/ files, our scripts, and the documentation.
Dan: fix 'make clean' in contrib/ directory.
Signed-off-by: Nezmer <git@nezmer.info>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This is needed If we want to use sysconfdir,localstatedir and other variables.
Signed-off-by: Nezmer <git@nezmer.info>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
- Print an error if database entry was not found and delta entry cannot
be added
- More informative line when delta entry is added (oldfile -> newfile)
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This allows deltas to be generated at repo-add invocation time as opposed to
just added to the database. It will generate the delta from the package
version currently in the database.
Signed-off-by: Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
'mknod <file> p' is apparently GNU-only. Looking at coreutils' source
code, It just calls mkfifo.
This one line patch should fix makepkg logging in non-GNU systems.
Signed-off-by: Nezmer <git@nezmer.info>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Pacman should catch cases in which the passed arguments don't apply to the
current operation (sync/query/...).
Also see FS#20950.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
gensync generated a sync.db file with PKGINFO syntax, this is not quite what
pacman expects.
Also the file was only added to the Server path:
root/var/pub/sync/sync.db
but it was not available in the normal sync db path:
root/var/lib/pacman/sync/sync.db
Change gensync() to generate var/lib/pacman/sync/sync.db and then copy it to
var/pub/sync/sync.db (this is used by sync200 -Sy test).
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We did this check unconditionally, rather than only doing it if we were
actually going to build and run with libfetch. This is safe because we would
have already bailed if libfetch was explicitly requested but not found.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This is not a bash builtin, so can potentially cause portability issues.
Additionally, the use of it is completely unnecessary as it can all be done
within bash (and done faster).
$ time pactree xfwm4 >/dev/null (old version)
real 0m3.245s
$ time ./contrib/pactree xfwm4 >/dev/null (new version)
real 0m3.042s
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
On Linux and OS X, we can determine if an entry obtained through a readdir()
call is a directory without also having to stat it. This can save a
significant number of syscalls. The performance increase isn't dramatic, but
it could be on some platforms (e.g. Cygwin) so it shouldn't hurt to use this
unconditionally where supported.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This prevents circular symlinks and weird final package locations
when using commands like 'PKGDEST="." makepkg'.
Fixes FS#20922.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Compare paths using bash's "-ef" rather than by string tests as this
takes symlinks into account. This will prevent issues similar to those
in FS#20922 if (e.g.) $PKGDEST is a symlink to $startdir.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The checking of the package for $srcdir references was overly
sensitive and gave a lot of what appear to be false positives with
binary files (in particular with debugging symbols kept).
Restrict the search for $srcdir to non-binary files as this should
still catch the majority of configuration issues the check was
initially designed to catch. Also, add a similar check for $pkgdir.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
For binary packages, the majority of the time used in the debugs symbol
stripping process is the actual stripping of the binaries/libraries and
not the testing of which files to strip. This allows more complete
stripping of packages that install to "non-standard" paths that would
not be generally included in makepkg.conf.
Any performance hit that may be apparent for (_large_) "arch=('any')"
packages can readily be avoided by disabling stripping in the PKGBUILD
options array.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Adds a check for the minimum mainline GCC version for FORTIFY_SOURCE
support and enables -D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=2 by default when building with
--enable-debug.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Not checking the return value of asprintf calls reuslts in a warning
when using -D_FORTIRFY_SOURCE=2. This adds a simple wrapper around
asprintf calls which checks the return value.
Currently the check does nothing more than outputing a message to stderr
on failure, but that is at least an improvement over silent failures.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Unfortunately this patch is hard to split up into smaller chunks. Our build
system and the associated automake/autoconf/libtool macros has been left
untouched for a while, and could use a refresher.
* Upgrade ltmain.sh to the latest version
* Move away from a huge acinclude.m4 directory to using individual files in
the m4/ subdirectory, suggested by upstream automake documentation
* Update all macros to their latest available version
* Adjust Makefile.am and autogen.sh to accommodate m4/ subdirectory
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
We had a few files listed in here that we have checked in to our repo, which
doesn't make a whole lot of sense. Also alphabetize the list while we are at
it.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
After a8dcfeccfc, Allan noted that one more regular exprssion inside makepkg
also contained quotes; these should not be there for the same reason as that
commit.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
These keep having to change because we are getting really good at changing
the downloaded filename. Shorten the match sequences to just .db and .pkg
and trim everything after and including these strings.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
I don't know what I tested in commit 3e7b90ff69, but it definitely wasn't
working as advertised. Fix the checks in the source code itself to match the
right define (HAVE_LIBFETCH), as well as make sure the configure check
defaults to looking for the library but not bailing if it could not be
found.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Model it after the new OpenSSL check, and have it be a bit more useful. If
you do not explicitly pass a command line option, it will be linked if
available but will not error out if it is missing. Also bump the version to
that where connection caching was introduced as we use these new features in
the codebase.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
I've noticed my Atom-powered laptop is dog-slow when doing integrity checks
on packages, and it turns out our MD5 implementation isn't near as good as
that provided by OpenSSL. Using their routines instead provided anywhere
from a 1.4x up to a 1.8x performance benefit over our built-in MD5 function.
This does not remove the MD5 code from our codebase, but it does enable
linking against OpenSSL to get their much faster implementation if it is
available on whatever platform you are using. At configure-time, we will
default to using it if it is available, but this can be easily changed by
using the `--with-openssl` or `--without-openssl` arguments to configure.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This gave at least a 10% improvement on a few tested platforms due to the
reduced number of read calls from files when computing the md5sum. It really
is just a precursor to another patch to come which is to use MD5 functions
that do the job a lot better than anything we can do.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
A pipe between tar and compression command is used. This improves
performance by running tar and the compression command simultaneously.
Using a pipe also reduces IO by not writing an intermediate tar file
to disk.
Signed-off-by: Juergen Hoetzel <juergen@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Fixes FS#18770, and hopefully an occasional deadlock in my frontend as well.
For simplicity it redirects all scriptlet output through SCRIPTLET_INFO, and
all callbacks in the child process have been replaced for thread-safety.
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Conder <j@skurvy.no-ip.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Regular expressions in bash should not be quoted. Glad this was in the
documentation and I didn't have to go to #bash to ask...
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
If optdepends was defined with empty members, then makepkg would
abort late in the package building process. Detect such cases
in the check_sanity() function.
Fix-provided-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Instead of declaring a new local variable for each loop in the
check_sanity() function, just reuse $i.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
It is unnecessary to check for a variables existence before
looping over it.
Extracted from patch supplied by Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
"Invalid backup entry" was not a particular helpful error message,
especially when it was due to the file not being in the final package.
Clarify these two messages.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Combine changelog and install file creation in create_package().
Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Eases maintanence if we need to add further options in the future.
Extracted from a patch supplied by Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
The combination of tabs and spaces is annoying in any editor that
does not use a tab width of 2 spaces.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
From the fgets manpage:
fgets() reads in at most one less than size characters from stream and
stores them into the buffer pointed to by s. Reading stops after an EOF
or a newline. If a newline is read, it is stored into the buffer. A
'\0' is stored after the last character in the buffer.
This means there is no need at all to do 'size - 1' math. Remove all of that
and just use sizeof() for simplicity on the buffer we plan on reading into.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
This will allow downloads to reuse connections if possible, which could make
big differences on perceived FTP speed as the connection won't have to be
reestablished each time. For the most part, HTTP requests wouldn't be using
keep alive anyway so this won't have an effect there.
I'm not enthused about having to do this with the library initialization,
but there isn't a much better place due to the fact that the loop over
databases occurs on the frontend and not the backend.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
When performing local testing, it may be useful to add PKGEXT='.pkg.tar'
to the PKGBUILD to save time, especially with big packages.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Gettext has this whole 'Plural-Form' thing that until now we haven't taken
advantage of. Given that not all languages have the same plural form rules
as English, take advantage of it by defining a new _n() macro which will
normally define to ngettext(), and adjust a few messages as an example of
how to use.
There are surely other places where we do singular/plural logic without me
having noticed, so further patches are welcome to fix those up too.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The sync db should be stored in the sync/ folder. This cleans up
DBPath to only have local/ and sync/ directories in it.
A nice side effect is that the db are now in the right place so we
can implement directly reading from them.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
With commit 5dffef78, the repo database always has a symlink
of the form reponame.db. Use that filename and let libarchive
determine the compression type.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Variables that are only meaningful within the function they are declared in are
now prefixed by "local".
Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
[Allan: fix whitespace]
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Prevents compiler warnings when building with -D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=2
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Check that writing to destination file actually occurs in
_alpm_copyfile. Required adding a new error (PM_ERR_WRITE)
as none of the others appeared appropriate.
Prevents compiler warning when using -D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=2.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
When makepkg catches a command failure it currently prints "Aborting..."
and exits. Clarify the reason for aborting from packaging is a failure
during one of the PKGBUILDs functions.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
The casting of nread is safe as it is tested to be >0 when it is
initally assigned. It is also being implicitly cast in the fwrite
call in the line above.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Commit 13748ca052 inversed the nature of one test wherein the if clause would
throw a fatal error if a legitimate package function was defined in PKGBUILD.
Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Follow the HACKING guidelines and always use != 0 or == 0 rather
than negation within conditional statements to improve clarity.
Most of these are !strcmp usages which is the example of what not
to do in the HACKING document.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
pacman -Qq output is sorted according to the users LC_COLLATE
setting as is needed for comm.
Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
[Allan: adjust commit message]
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Use strcoll to compare package names to provide output sorted
according to a users LC_COLLATE settings.
Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
[Allan: added commit message]
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Ease maintainace; the two parts that have been combined into a function were
identical.
Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
[Allan: rename function]
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Regression caused by c71fe7db. Was checking for "optdepend" and "conflict"
rather than "optdepends" and "conflicts" when populating .PKGINFO.
Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
[Allan: adjust commit message]
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
If "file -bizL" does not return a supported type, check if the file is
recognized by bsdtar and if yes extract from it.
Dan: use '-q' option to prevent needing to seek the entire archive.
Signed-off-by: Nezmer <git@nezmer.info>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Instead of specifying the output file on every echo, leave it to the
caller of write_pkginfo to specify the target.
Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Change all instances of the (test) [ builtin to the [[ keyword.
Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Rely on type -p's return value instead of a string check.
And gettext was previously being checked with type -t, which was
inconsistent with the rest of the tests pertaining commands that aren't
expected to be functions nor builtins.
Signed-off-by: Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
If the library stripping variables are not defined in makepkg.conf,
libraries will be fully stripped and become broken. Fallback to a
sane default stripping level.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2010-06-17 14:32:08 +10:00
520 changed files with 168126 additions and 71215 deletions
* link:http://projects.archlinux.org/?p=abs.git[abs] - ABS (Arch Build System), scripts to download & use the Arch Linux PKGBUILD tree
* link:http://projects.archlinux.org/?p=devtools.git[devtools] - tools to assist in packaging and dependency checking
* link:http://projects.archlinux.org/?p=namcap.git[namcap] - a package analysis utility written in python
* link:http://projects.archlinux.org/?p=pacbuild.git[pacbuild] - a package building system utilizing a daemon
* link:http://projects.archlinux.org/?p=srcpac.git[srcpac] - a bash build-from-source pacman wrapper
* link:https://projects.archlinux.org/abs.git/[abs] - ABS (Arch Build System), scripts to download & use the Arch Linux PKGBUILD tree
* link:https://projects.archlinux.org/dbscripts.git/[dbscripts] - scripts used by Arch Linux to manage the main package repositories
* link:https://projects.archlinux.org/devtools.git/[devtools] - tools to assist in packaging and dependency checking
* link:https://projects.archlinux.org/namcap.git/[namcap] - a package analysis utility written in python
* link:https://projects.archlinux.org/srcpac.git/[srcpac] - a bash build-from-source pacman wrapper
Bugs
----
@@ -162,39 +241,17 @@ mailing last at mailto:pacman-dev@archlinux.org[] with specific information
such as your commandline, the nature of the bug, and even the package database
if it helps.
You can also post a bug to the Archlinux bug tracker
link:http://bugs.archlinux.org/index.php?project=3[Flyspray]. Be sure to file
You can also post a bug to the Arch Linux bug tracker
link:https://bugs.archlinux.org/index.php?project=3[Flyspray]. Be sure to file
bugs under the Pacman project.
Pacman/libalpm in the Wild
--------------------------
Although Arch Linux is the primary user of pacman and libalpm, other
distributions and projects also use pacman as a package management tool. In
addition, there have been several projects started to provide a frontend GUI to
pacman and/or libalpm.
Arch derivatives:
* link:http://archie.dotsrc.org/[Archie] - Arch Live on steroids
* link:http://www.faunos.com/[FaunOS] - A portable, fully integrated operating system based on Arch Linux
* link:http://larch.berlios.de/[larch] - A live CD/DVD/USB-stick construction kit for Arch Linux
Other distributions:
* link:http://www.delilinux.org/[DeLi Linux] - "Desktop Light" Linux, a Linux distribution for old computers
* link:http://www.frugalware.org/[Frugalware Linux] - A general purpose Linux distribution for intermediate users (pacman is forked and maintained separately)
Pacman/libalpm frontends:
* link:http://shaman.iskrembilen.com/[Shaman] - A GUI frontend using Qt and libalpm
Copyright
---------
pacman is Copyright (C) 2006-2010 Pacman Development Team
pacman is Copyright (C) 2006-2013 Pacman Development Team
<pacman-dev@archlinux.org> and Copyright (C) 2002-2006 Judd Vinet
<jvinet@zeroflux.org> and is licensed through the GNU General Public License,
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff
Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user
Blocking a user prevents them from interacting with repositories, such as opening or commenting on pull requests or issues. Learn more about blocking a user.
